GROUP THERAPY A M EDICAL D ICTIONARY , B IBLIOGRAPHY , AND A NNOTATED R ESEARCH G UIDE TO I NTERNET R E FERENCES
J AMES N. P ARKER , M.D. AND P HILIP M. P ARKER , P H .D., E DITORS
ii
ICON Health Publications ICON Group International, Inc. 4370 La Jolla Village Drive, 4th Floor San Diego, CA 92122 USA Copyright 2004 by ICON Group International, Inc. Copyright 2004 by ICON Group International, Inc. All rights reserved. This book is protected by copyright. No part of it may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without written permission from the publisher. Printed in the United States of America. Last digit indicates print number: 10 9 8 7 6 4 5 3 2 1
Publisher, Health Care: Philip Parker, Ph.D. Editor(s): James Parker, M.D., Philip Parker, Ph.D. Publisher's note: The ideas, procedures, and suggestions contained in this book are not intended for the diagnosis or treatment of a health problem. As new medical or scientific information becomes available from academic and clinical research, recommended treatments and drug therapies may undergo changes. The authors, editors, and publisher have attempted to make the information in this book up to date and accurate in accord with accepted standards at the time of publication. The authors, editors, and publisher are not responsible for errors or omissions or for consequences from application of the book, and make no warranty, expressed or implied, in regard to the contents of this book. Any practice described in this book should be applied by the reader in accordance with professional standards of care used in regard to the unique circumstances that may apply in each situation. The reader is advised to always check product information (package inserts) for changes and new information regarding dosage and contraindications before prescribing any drug or pharmacological product. Caution is especially urged when using new or infrequently ordered drugs, herbal remedies, vitamins and supplements, alternative therapies, complementary therapies and medicines, and integrative medical treatments. Cataloging-in-Publication Data Parker, James N., 1961Parker, Philip M., 1960Group Therapy: A Medical Dictionary, Bibliography, and Annotated Research Guide to Internet References / James N. Parker and Philip M. Parker, editors p. cm. Includes bibliographical references, glossary, and index. ISBN: 0-497-00497-6 1. Group Therapy-Popular works. I. Title.
iii
Disclaimer This publication is not intended to be used for the diagnosis or treatment of a health problem. It is sold with the understanding that the publisher, editors, and authors are not engaging in the rendering of medical, psychological, financial, legal, or other professional services. References to any entity, product, service, or source of information that may be contained in this publication should not be considered an endorsement, either direct or implied, by the publisher, editors, or authors. ICON Group International, Inc., the editors, and the authors are not responsible for the content of any Web pages or publications referenced in this publication.
Copyright Notice If a physician wishes to copy limited passages from this book for patient use, this right is automatically granted without written permission from ICON Group International, Inc. (ICON Group). However, all of ICON Group publications have copyrights. With exception to the above, copying our publications in whole or in part, for whatever reason, is a violation of copyright laws and can lead to penalties and fines. Should you want to copy tables, graphs, or other materials, please contact us to request permission (E-mail:
[email protected]). ICON Group often grants permission for very limited reproduction of our publications for internal use, press releases, and academic research. Such reproduction requires confirmed permission from ICON Group International, Inc. The disclaimer above must accompany all reproductions, in whole or in part, of this book.
iv
Acknowledgements The collective knowledge generated from academic and applied research summarized in various references has been critical in the creation of this book which is best viewed as a comprehensive compilation and collection of information prepared by various official agencies which produce publications on group therapy. Books in this series draw from various agencies and institutions associated with the United States Department of Health and Human Services, and in particular, the Office of the Secretary of Health and Human Services (OS), the Administration for Children and Families (ACF), the Administration on Aging (AOA), the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ), the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR), the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), the Healthcare Financing Administration (HCFA), the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), the Indian Health Service (IHS), the institutions of the National Institutes of Health (NIH), the Program Support Center (PSC), and the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). In addition to these sources, information gathered from the National Library of Medicine, the United States Patent Office, the European Union, and their related organizations has been invaluable in the creation of this book. Some of the work represented was financially supported by the Research and Development Committee at INSEAD. This support is gratefully acknowledged. Finally, special thanks are owed to Tiffany Freeman for her excellent editorial support.
v
About the Editors James N. Parker, M.D. Dr. James N. Parker received his Bachelor of Science degree in Psychobiology from the University of California, Riverside and his M.D. from the University of California, San Diego. In addition to authoring numerous research publications, he has lectured at various academic institutions. Dr. Parker is the medical editor for health books by ICON Health Publications. Philip M. Parker, Ph.D. Philip M. Parker is the Eli Lilly Chair Professor of Innovation, Business and Society at INSEAD (Fontainebleau, France and Singapore). Dr. Parker has also been Professor at the University of California, San Diego and has taught courses at Harvard University, the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Stanford University, and UCLA. Dr. Parker is the associate editor for ICON Health Publications.
vi
About ICON Health Publications To discover more about ICON Health Publications, simply check with your preferred online booksellers, including Barnes&Noble.com and Amazon.com which currently carry all of our titles. Or, feel free to contact us directly for bulk purchases or institutional discounts: ICON Group International, Inc. 4370 La Jolla Village Drive, Fourth Floor San Diego, CA 92122 USA Fax: 858-546-4341 Web site: www.icongrouponline.com/health
vii
Table of Contents FORWARD .......................................................................................................................................... 1 CHAPTER 1. STUDIES ON GROUP THERAPY ...................................................................................... 3 Overview........................................................................................................................................ 3 The Combined Health Information Database................................................................................. 3 Federally Funded Research on Group Therapy.............................................................................. 4 The National Library of Medicine: PubMed ................................................................................ 32 CHAPTER 2. ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE AND GROUP THERAPY ...................................................... 73 Overview...................................................................................................................................... 73 National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine.................................................. 73 Additional Web Resources ........................................................................................................... 76 General References ....................................................................................................................... 77 CHAPTER 3. DISSERTATIONS ON GROUP THERAPY ........................................................................ 79 Overview...................................................................................................................................... 79 Dissertations on Group Therapy.................................................................................................. 79 Keeping Current .......................................................................................................................... 84 CHAPTER 4. BOOKS ON GROUP THERAPY ...................................................................................... 85 Overview...................................................................................................................................... 85 Book Summaries: Federal Agencies.............................................................................................. 85 Book Summaries: Online Booksellers........................................................................................... 87 Chapters on Group Therapy......................................................................................................... 90 CHAPTER 5. MULTIMEDIA ON GROUP THERAPY............................................................................ 93 Overview...................................................................................................................................... 93 Audio Recordings......................................................................................................................... 93 CHAPTER 6. PERIODICALS AND NEWS ON GROUP THERAPY......................................................... 95 Overview...................................................................................................................................... 95 News Services and Press Releases................................................................................................ 95 Newsletter Articles ...................................................................................................................... 96 Academic Periodicals covering Group Therapy ........................................................................... 97 APPENDIX A. PHYSICIAN RESOURCES .......................................................................................... 101 Overview.................................................................................................................................... 101 NIH Guidelines.......................................................................................................................... 101 NIH Databases........................................................................................................................... 103 Other Commercial Databases..................................................................................................... 105 APPENDIX B. PATIENT RESOURCES ............................................................................................... 107 Overview.................................................................................................................................... 107 Patient Guideline Sources.......................................................................................................... 107 Finding Associations.................................................................................................................. 110 APPENDIX C. FINDING MEDICAL LIBRARIES ................................................................................ 113 Overview.................................................................................................................................... 113 Preparation................................................................................................................................. 113 Finding a Local Medical Library................................................................................................ 113 Medical Libraries in the U.S. and Canada ................................................................................. 113 ONLINE GLOSSARIES................................................................................................................ 119 Online Dictionary Directories ................................................................................................... 119 GROUP THERAPY DICTIONARY............................................................................................ 121 INDEX .............................................................................................................................................. 151
1
FORWARD In March 2001, the National Institutes of Health issued the following warning: "The number of Web sites offering health-related resources grows every day. Many sites provide valuable information, while others may have information that is unreliable or misleading."1 Furthermore, because of the rapid increase in Internet-based information, many hours can be wasted searching, selecting, and printing. Since only the smallest fraction of information dealing with group therapy is indexed in search engines, such as www.google.com or others, a non-systematic approach to Internet research can be not only time consuming, but also incomplete. This book was created for medical professionals, students, and members of the general public who want to know as much as possible about group therapy, using the most advanced research tools available and spending the least amount of time doing so. In addition to offering a structured and comprehensive bibliography, the pages that follow will tell you where and how to find reliable information covering virtually all topics related to group therapy, from the essentials to the most advanced areas of research. Public, academic, government, and peer-reviewed research studies are emphasized. Various abstracts are reproduced to give you some of the latest official information available to date on group therapy. Abundant guidance is given on how to obtain free-of-charge primary research results via the Internet. While this book focuses on the field of medicine, when some sources provide access to non-medical information relating to group therapy, these are noted in the text. E-book and electronic versions of this book are fully interactive with each of the Internet sites mentioned (clicking on a hyperlink automatically opens your browser to the site indicated). If you are using the hard copy version of this book, you can access a cited Web site by typing the provided Web address directly into your Internet browser. You may find it useful to refer to synonyms or related terms when accessing these Internet databases. NOTE: At the time of publication, the Web addresses were functional. However, some links may fail due to URL address changes, which is a common occurrence on the Internet. For readers unfamiliar with the Internet, detailed instructions are offered on how to access electronic resources. For readers unfamiliar with medical terminology, a comprehensive glossary is provided. For readers without access to Internet resources, a directory of medical libraries, that have or can locate references cited here, is given. We hope these resources will prove useful to the widest possible audience seeking information on group therapy. The Editors
1
From the NIH, National Cancer Institute (NCI): http://www.cancer.gov/cancerinfo/ten-things-to-know.
3
CHAPTER 1. STUDIES ON GROUP THERAPY Overview In this chapter, we will show you how to locate peer-reviewed references and studies on group therapy.
The Combined Health Information Database The Combined Health Information Database summarizes studies across numerous federal agencies. To limit your investigation to research studies and group therapy, you will need to use the advanced search options. First, go to http://chid.nih.gov/index.html. From there, select the “Detailed Search” option (or go directly to that page with the following hyperlink: http://chid.nih.gov/detail/detail.html). The trick in extracting studies is found in the drop boxes at the bottom of the search page where “You may refine your search by.” Select the dates and language you prefer, and the format option “Journal Article.” At the top of the search form, select the number of records you would like to see (we recommend 100) and check the box to display “whole records.” We recommend that you type “group therapy” (or synonyms) into the “For these words:” box. Consider using the option “anywhere in record” to make your search as broad as possible. If you want to limit the search to only a particular field, such as the title of the journal, then select this option in the “Search in these fields” drop box. The following is what you can expect from this type of search: •
Cognitive, Affective, and Behavioral Effects of Reminiscence Group Therapy on Demented Elderly Source: International Journal of Aging and Human Development. 25(3): 209-222. 1987. Summary: The study reported in this journal article examined the effects of reminiscence group therapy on cognitive, affective, and behavioral functioning in demented elderly. Twenty-seven demented elderly nursing home residents were given either reminiscence group therapy or supportive group therapy or were assigned to a no-treatment control group. The self reported level of depression in participants given reminiscence therapy was positively affected compared to participants in the supportive therapy and control groups, but no significant effects were found for cognitive or behavioral functioning. The results are discussed in terms of the issue of the applicability of reminiscence therapy for cognitively impaired persons, the appropriateness of the measures used in
4
Group Therapy
this study to assess depression, cognitive ability, and behavioral functioning, and in conjunction with clinical observations made during the process of therapy. 18 references. (AA-M).
Federally Funded Research on Group Therapy The U.S. Government supports a variety of research studies relating to group therapy. These studies are tracked by the Office of Extramural Research at the National Institutes of Health.2 CRISP (Computerized Retrieval of Information on Scientific Projects) is a searchable database of federally funded biomedical research projects conducted at universities, hospitals, and other institutions. Search the CRISP Web site at http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/crisp_query.generate_screen. You will have the option to perform targeted searches by various criteria, including geography, date, and topics related to group therapy. For most of the studies, the agencies reporting into CRISP provide summaries or abstracts. As opposed to clinical trial research using patients, many federally funded studies use animals or simulated models to explore group therapy. The following is typical of the type of information found when searching the CRISP database for group therapy: •
Project Title: A OUTPATIENTS
COGNITIVE
GROUP
TREATMENT
FOR
BORDERLINE
Principal Investigator & Institution: Black, Donald W.; Professor; Psychiatry; University of Iowa Iowa City, Ia 52242 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 09-JUL-2002; Project End 30-JUN-2006 Summary: The goal of this project is to test the efficacy of a new cognitive-behavioral systems-based group treatment for persons with borderline personality disorder (BPD) and to compare it to "treatment as usual" (TAU). We elected to modify a program originally developed by Bartels and Crotty. This led us to develop STEPPS, an acronym that stands for Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving. Briefly, the program involves both cognitive-behavioral techniques and skills training combined with a systems component; the latter involves the patients with BPD and those in their system, including family members, friends, and health care professionals. STEPPS involves twenty 2-hour group meetings with two facilitators; the therapy is manual-based and each week specific goals are set. We propose to recruit approximately 160 adults with DSM-IV BPD during the first 2 1/2 years of the project. Subjects will be recruited through referral from area psychologists, psychiatrists, mental health clinics, and hospitals. Subjects will be screened using the Revised Diagnostic Interview for Borderlines (DIB-R) and relevant sections of the Structured Interview for DSM-IV Personality Disorders (SIDP-IV). Appropriate subjects meeting specified inclusion/exclusion criteria will be randomized to STEPPS or TAU. Subjects in both groups will be allowed to continue to see their psychiatrist, take psychotropic medication, and continue with other therapy. Baseline assessments will include the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV, the SIDP- IV, the Hollingshead Scale, the 2
Healthcare projects are funded by the National Institutes of Health (NIH), Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services (SAMHSA), Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), Food and Drug Administration (FDA), Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDCP), Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ), and Office of Assistant Secretary of Health (OASH).
Studies
5
Social Adjustment Scale, the Beck Depression Inventory, the Positive and Negative Affectivity Scale, the Symptom Checklist-90-R, the Barrett Impulsivity Scale, and the Medical Outcomes Study Short Form Health Survey. A new self-rated scale, the Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST), will also be used to rate BPD symptoms. Subjects will be assessed at baseline, and at weeks 4, 8, 12, 16, and 20. Lay and professional support system members (informants) will be asked to rate the subjects progress at specified intervals. Satisfaction with STEPPS and TAU will be assessed in informants and subjects at the conclusion of the trial. Therapy fidelity will be maintained through regular supervision, and blind ratings of videotaped sessions. Subjects randomized to STEPPS will be followed up at months 1, 3, 6, 9, and 12 poststudy completion. We hypothesize that subjects participating in STEPPS will have better symptomatic improvement than subjects receiving TAU; improvement will include greater mood stability, less deliberate self-harm, less anger/impulsivity, and lower rates of health care utilization. We hypothesize that the gains of STEPPS will be maintained over 1 year. These findings should add to our understanding of the appropriate clinical management of BPD. If the efficacy of STEPPS is confirmed, future studies will include larger samples to help test whether specific subgroups will preferentially respond, and comparisons of STEPPS to other programs, including Dialectical Behavior Therapy. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: A COPING INTERVENTION FOR HIV-INFECTED OLDER ADULTS Principal Investigator & Institution: Heckman, Timothy G.; Associate Professor; Psychology; Ohio University Athens 105 Research & Technology Center Athens, Oh 457012979 Timing: Fiscal Year 2004; Project Start 01-APR-2004; Project End 31-MAR-2007 Summary: This revised application is in response to PA-97-069 "AIDS and Aging: Behavioral Sciences Prevention Research" and requests support to evaluate a Coping Improvement Group Intervention for persons 50 years of age and older living with HIV disease. Through December 2001, more than 90,000 persons living with AIDS in the United States were 50 years of age or older at the time of their AIDS diagnosis (CDC, 2001). Unfortunately, because most AIDS mental health research has focused on younger individuals, geropractitioners know little about the mental health needs of HIV-infected older adults. Across a series of preliminary studies supported by NIH, our study team has characterized levels of psychological distress and coping difficulties in late middle-aged and older adults living with HIV/AIDS. These studies portend that many HIV-infected older adults experience elevated levels of depression and suicidal ideation, confront complex barriers to medical and mental health care services, and lack social support resources. These and other dilemmas not only reduce one's life quality but may also lead to health-compromising behaviors in this group, such as poor adherence to HIV treatment regimens and the continued practice of high HIVtransmission risk behaviors. The proposed three-year study will evaluate the impact of a face-toface Coping Improvement Group Intervention on the adjustment efforts of HIVinfected persons 50-plus years of age in relation to two comparison conditions. Three hundred (N=300) HIV-infected older adults will be randomly assigned to either: (1) a face-to-face, Coping Improvement Group Intervention based on Lazarus and Folkman's (1984) Transactional Model of Stress and Coping; (2) a face-to-face, Information-Support Group Intervention; or (3) a Standard of Care Comparison Condition. Pre- and postintervention measures, along with follow-up assessments collected 4- and 8-months post-intervention, will assess the relative efficacy of the three conditions. Participants will complete measures assessing comorbid health conditions, cognitive functioning,
6
Group Therapy
sources of life stress, ways of coping, psychological distress, social support, health services utilization, treatment adherence, and quality of life. At the current time, there are few--if any--age appropriate mental health interventions for HIV-infected older adults. However, the planned research may yield a culturally-contextualized coping improvement intervention for this vulnerable population, and this innovation would contribute significantly to the AIDS care and gerontological fields. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: A TRANSTHEORETICAL MODEL GROUP THERAPY FOR COCAINE Principal Investigator & Institution: Velasquez, Mary Marden.; Family Practice and Cmty Med; University of Texas Hlth Sci Ctr Houston Box 20036 Houston, Tx 77225 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 10-AUG-2003; Project End 30-JUN-2006 Summary: (provided by applicant): Cocaine use in the general population is a significant and costly problem. Novel and innovative interventions targeting cocaine abuse are needed. The Transtheoretical Model of behavior change (TTM) offers a comprehensive framework for understanding, measuring, and intervening in behavior change and provides a strong theoretical foundation upon which effective treatments for substance abuse can be developed. The proposed Stage 1 research will pilot test a novel and innovative behavioral group therapy for cocaine users based on the TTM. In Phase 1, investigators will modify the newly developed Group Treatment for Substance Abuse: A Stages-of-Change Therapy Manual (Velasquez, Maurer, Crouch & DiClemente, 2001) to specifically target cocaine abuse resulting in a twelve-session, group intervention and accompanying therapy manual based on the TTM stages and processes of change: six "early stage" sessions targeting the experiential processes of change, and six "later stage" sessions targeting the behavioral processes of change. Phase 2 will consist of a pilot trial to evaluate the TTM group therapy with cocaine abusing patients. A randomized, controlled, between groups design will be used in which cocaine abusers (N=80) are assigned to one of two group treatment conditions: TTM therapy or Education/Advice. Participants will be recruited from Houston and surrounding communities through the Substance Abuse Research Center at the University of Texas Health Science Center Mental Sciences institute. We expect the delivery of the TTM therapy for cocaine users to be feasible and acceptable, and to produce significant patient improvement. Cocaine outcomes will be assessed via objective (urine and drug analysis) and self-report measures. This Stage I research will contribute important theoretical and empirical information concerning the promise of a new and innovative intervention for cocaine abusers, and will provide the basis for a larger efficacy trial. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
•
Project Title: ASSESSMENT OF EARLY RETENTION STRATEGIES Principal Investigator & Institution: Brown, Barry S.; Friends Research Institute, Inc. Box 10676, 505 Baltimore Ave Baltimore, Md 21285 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 20-AUG-1999; Project End 31-JUL-2004 Summary: (Applicant's Abstract) In response to NIDA's Health Services Research Program Announcement (PA-94- 047), study will be undertaken of "client and program factors that influence. retention, compliance, effectiveness and relapse." While length of time in treatment has been repeatedly found to be linked to positive outcome, outpatient drug free treatment programs have been found to retain less than half of their clients for three months and less than a quarter of their clients for six months - thereby providing subtherapeutic doses of treatment to the majority of clients seen. Consequently, two
Studies
7
early intervention strategies for reducing dropout and increasing treatment effectiveness have been developed for comparison to standard treatment at one outpatient drug free treatment program. Clients admitted to treatment will be randomly assigned to one of three conditions: (a) standard treatment involving post- intake didactic group orientation to the treatment program together with counselor developed treatment plans agreed to by clients and updated at three month intervals; (b) role induction involving post-intake interactive individual orientation to the treatment program with counselor developed treatment plans updated at three month intervals; and (c) behavioral contracting involving role induction plus a negotiated treatment plan with jointly determined short-term goals, strategies and timetables updated frequently. Outcomes will be assessed through a repeated measures design exploring between and within group differences over a 18 month period and examining (a) retention, (b) program compliance, (c) motivation for behavior change and for use of treatment, (d) behavior change (drug and alcohol use, productive activity, illicit activity), (e) psychological functioning, (f) HIV risk taking behaviors, (g) optimism/pessimism, and (h) client and counselor satisfaction with treatment. Measurements will be taken at monthly intervals during the first three months of treatment and thereafter at 6, 12 and 18 months from time of intake. Treatment process variables and client demographic and background characteristics will be related to outcomes. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: BEHAVIORAL COUPLES THERAPY FOR DRUG ABUSE Principal Investigator & Institution: Fals-Stewart, William S.; Senior Research Scientist; None; State University of New York at Buffalo Suite 211 Ub Commons Buffalo, Ny 14228 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-2002; Project End 31-JUL-2006 Summary: (provided by applicant): The results of multiple studies over the last 25 years indicate that, compared to traditional individual-based treatments, use of Behavioral Couples Therapy (BCT) for married or cohabiting alcoholic and drug-abusing patients results in superior outcomes across multiple domains of psychosocial functioning, including reduced substance use, increased relationship satisfaction, reduced levels of domestic violence, and improved family adjustment. However, despite its demonstrated efficacy, the results of a recent survey indicate BCT is rarely used in community-based substance abuse treatment programs. One of the barriers identified in the survey as interfering with the transfer of BCT from research settings into these programs was that BCT was perceived as costly to deliver, due largely to the staff resources required to provide BCT in the standard conjoint format (i.e., one or two therapists treating a patient and his or her partner for a clinical hour). The mandate for investigators is to develop a version of BCT that is less costly to deliver and yet retains the clinical effectiveness of standard BCT. A potential solution to the problem of the high treatment delivery costs for BCT is to develop a clinically effective version of BCT that can be conducted in a multi-couple group; such a format would allow for the more efficient use of limited staff resources. Thus, the proposed project has two primary aims which will be addressed in two sequential phases. In Phase I, we will develop and refine a 12-session treatment manual for conducting Behavioral Couples Therapy in a group therapy format (G-BCT) for married or cohabiting substance-abusing men and their nonsubstance-abusing intimate female partners. In Phase II of the project, we will conduct a small pilot study in which subjects participating in G-BCT plus Individual Drug Counseling (IDC) will be compared to subjects who participate in an equally intensive Standard BCT (S-BCT) plus IDC and those who receive treatment as usual [i.e., group-based drug abuse counseling
8
Group Therapy
(GDQ plus IDC] in terms of clinical outcomes (e.g., substance, dyadic adjustment, family functioning), as well as cost outcomes (e.g., cost-benefit and cost-effectiveness). If the objectives of the proposed study are met, an efficacious variant of BCT would be available that community-based treatment programs could provide using a comparatively efficient delivery format. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: BRIEF BEHAVIORAL THERAPY TO ENHANCE TREATMENT ENGAGEMENT Principal Investigator & Institution: Schottenfeld, Richard S.; Professor; Psychiatry; Yale University 47 College Street, Suite 203 New Haven, Ct 065208047 Timing: Fiscal Year 2001; Project Start 20-SEP-1999; Project End 31-AUG-2004 Summary: Demoralization is highly prevalent among new entrants to methadone treatment, persists for months in about 30 percent of patients, and interferes with treatment retention and effectiveness. Based on research on message framing, modeling, cognitive biases, and self-efficacy, we are proposing a Stage I study for manual development and pilot testing of a leading, four-week individual therapy, Brief Engagement in Substance Treatment (BEST), targeting demoralization and drug use. BEST will incorporate principles of motivational interviewing used in Motivational Enhancement Therapy (MET). Sessions will address core issues including 1) fears about treatment; 2) cognitive biases and hopelessness; 3) self-efficacy; and 4) social isolation. Session format will be guided by health behavior psychology research suggesting that appropriate message framing and modeling increases treatment adherence and behavior change. We plan to develop motivational videotapes to be viewed within the sessions, with simulated patients serving as role models to counter patient hopelessness, illustrate therapy issues and stimulate discussion. In Phases 1 and 2 of the proposed study, we will develop a therapy manual and motivational videotapes, pre-pilot BEST in individual therapy, and develop materials for training therapists and for rating manual adherence and performance. Patient and therapist ratings of each session, data about patient response to treatment, reviews of session videotapes, and focus groups conducted with patients will be used to inform development and revisions of the treatment, therapy manual and motivational videotapes. Phase 3 is a randomized, pilot study (N=60) using a dismantling strategy to compare manual-guided BEST to manualguided MET. Patient outcomes will be assessed during the four-week lead in treatment and for 12 weeks following completion of the lead-in treatment, while patients are participating in standard, weekly group drug counseling. Primary outcome measures include retention in treatment, rates of illicit opioid and other drug use, and reductions of BDI scores. The pilot study will be used to estimate the potential effect size of the difference between the two treatments, evaluate the feasibility of comparing the two treatments in a larger, Stage II study, and to guide additional refinements of the treatment manuals and videotapes. In Phase 4, we plan to develop gender and ethnicity specific videotapes and to pilot BEST in group therapy. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
•
Project Title: CLINICAL PROCESSES IN DRUG ABUSE PREVENTION Principal Investigator & Institution: Coatsworth, J D.; Human Develmt & Family Studies; Pennsylvania State University-Univ Park 110 Technology Center University Park, Pa 16802 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-SEP-2000; Project End 31-AUG-2003
Studies
9
Summary: This study, the Principal Investigators first NIH award, examines in-session behaviors in drug abuse preventive intervention groups. The primary goal of this study is to initiate a program of research that will increase the knowledge-base about how clinicians influence within-session participant behaviors and group processes which, in turn, influence proximal outcomes ('Attendance', 'Parental Involvement'). The research plan in this study borrows established theories, methods, and procedures from the psychotherapy research literature to examine in-session behaviors in preventive intervention groups. Findings from this study will provide a foundation for translating results from prevention trials into immediate improvements in the delivery of effective interventions. Videotapes of group sessions will be coded (statement by statement) and rated (molar level assessment of the extent to which a behavior was present in a segment) to identify distinct classes of in-session behaviors. Confirmatory factor analyses will be conducted to test for the presence of clinician intervention ('Supportive', 'Directive', and 'Facilitative'), participant behavior ('Bonding to Clinician' and 'Bonding to Group'), and group process ('Cohesion') constructs. Hierarchical linear modeling will be used to examine the hypothesized relationships between clinician interventions, participant behaviors, group process, and proximal outcomes ('Attendance' and 'Parental Involvement'). Microsequential analyses will be used to elucidate the immediate (speech act level) relationships between in-session clinician interventions and participant behaviors. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: COGNITIVE THERAPY VIA CD ROM FOR BINGE EATING DISORDER Principal Investigator & Institution: Bulik, Cynthia M.; Professor; Psychiatry; Virginia Commonwealth University Richmond, Va 232980568 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-APR-2001; Project End 30-JUN-2003 Summary: Although eating and weight-related disorders are treatable, most afflicted individuals never receive proper treatment. Despite the existence of excellent prototype cognitive-behavioral programs for the treatment of binge-eating disorder (BED) and other eating disorders, we face a crisis of dissemination. The goal of this project is to join cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) with novel information technology to develop an interactive CBT program that will allow individuals to experience the basics of CBT in the privacy of their own homes. This Exploratory/Development Grant for Mental Health Intervention (R21) proposes a four stage project to develop a CD-ROM-based program for the effective delivery of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) to obese individuals with binge-eating disorder (OBED) and other unhealthy eating behaviors. In Phase 1 of the project, we will continue development of a CD-ROM program that we began in 1998. The program will be a rich, vivid, and interactive approach to CBT that provides helpful psychoeducation on unhealthy eating and weight-related practices; clearly introduces the basic concepts and techniques of CBT; provides rich and vivid examples of techniques; provides individualized and interactive exercises for practicing CBT principles; and enables users to contact the central web site and staff with questions. This program will be applicable to a broad range of adult women and men of all races and backgrounds. In Phase 2, we will implement a rigorous four-stage betatesting procedure that includes: group testing sessions followed by individual and focus group debriefing for feedback; peer review by experts in the field of CBT for eating disorders; and in-home beta testing prior to final production. Phase III of the project will be a small feasibility and pilot study comparing the efficacy of the CD-ROM-based delivery of CBT to traditional manual-based group therapy for individuals with OBED
10
Group Therapy
and a wait list control. Data from this pilot study will be used to support Phase IV, which will develop a proposal for a large-scale clinical trial comparing CD-ROM-based intervention with traditional group therapy. We anticipate that a CD-ROM-based program will be an efficacious and cost-effective intervention. For some, this program may suffice for treating their eating and weight-related problems. For others, it may be a useful adjunct to traditional psychotherapy or an introductory step to treatment which will familiarize them with the principles and techniques of CBT and increase their comfort and motivation to seek additional professional care. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: COMMUNITY-FRIENDLY MANUAL GUIDED DRUG COUNSELING Principal Investigator & Institution: Crits-Christoph, Paul F.; Associate Professor; Psychiatry; University of Pennsylvania 3451 Walnut Street Philadelphia, Pa 19104 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-2002; Project End 30-JUN-2005 Summary: (provided by applicant): We propose here treatment development work to create and test a "community-friendly" manual-based individual plus group drug counseling package. The NIDA Collaborative Cocaine Treatment Study (Crits-Christoph et at., 1999) recently reported that manual-based individual drug counseling (IDC) plus group drug counseling (GDC) has superior drug use outcomes compared to cognitivebehavior therapy plus GDC, psychodynamic therapy plus GDC, and GDC alone. Proposed changes to IDC and GDC to make them more "community-friendly" include changes to both the duration and content of the treatment models. The proposed treatment development work will include (1) obtaining feedback on the new treatment manuals by a sample of 15 community-based drug counselors, (2) evaluating whether a group of drug counselors can successfully learn to implement the new manuals, (3) evaluating counselors' experiences in learning and conducting the new treatments, (4) conducting a pilot randomized evaluation of the outcomes of the new package of individual plus group drug counseling compared to group drug counseling alone, (5) obtaining ratings of treatment fidelity to assess whether the new individual and group drug counseling approaches can be differentiated from the original therapies, (6) assessing patient reactions to the new treatment, and (7) conducting a preliminary investigation of potential mediators of change of the new treatments. The pilot randomized trial will involve assignment of 40 patients meeting DSM-IV criteria for cocaine dependence to either new versions of individual plus group drug counseling or group drug counseling alone. Assessments will be done at time of intake and weekly (for urines and self-report of cocaine use) or monthly (for other outcome measures) during a 3-month treatment phase. The primary efficacy measures will be the ASI Drug Use Composite scale and a composite cocaine use measure that incorporates urine data, Addiction Severity Index Interview data, and weekly self-report of cocaine use. Mediation of drug use change will be examined by assessing beliefs about substance use, endorsement of 12-step behaviors and beliefs, and attendance/ participation in 12step meetings at baseline, weekly for the first month and monthly thereafter. The data gathered from this treatment development project will inform the design of a subsequent larger study. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
•
Project Title: COMPARISON OF DBT AND SUPPORTIVE THERAPY FOR BED Principal Investigator & Institution: Safer, Debra L.; Psychiatry and Behavioral Sci; Stanford University Stanford, Ca 94305
Studies
11
Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 11-APR-2003; Project End 29-FEB-2008 Summary: (provided by applicant): The overarching objective of the candidate's application for an individual Research Career Award (K23) is to train the candidate to become an independent clinical researcher in an academic setting in order to develop an expertise in the treatment of individuals with eating disorders. Binge Eating Disorder (BED), a proposed diagnostic category in DSM-IV, is associated with impairments in physical, psychological, and social functioning. Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), based on the restraint model, has been the most studied treatment for BED. Given that the average rate of abstinence from binge eating at the end of CBT treatment approximates 50% across multiple studies, potentially more effective treatment interventions merit consideration. Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT), based on the affect regulation model linking binge eating with emotional distress, is one such treatment approach. Preliminary studies indicate that abstinence rates at the end of 20 weeks of manualized DBT adapted for BED in a group format range from 82-89%. At the same time that new and more efficacious treatments for BED are being developed, current BED research has not as yet demonstrated consistently significant outcome differences among existing therapies. This suggests that nonspecific therapeutic factors (e.g. therapist-patient interactions) and/or baseline factors (e.g. patient expectations) may account for much if not all of BED treatment outcome. As no studies to date have compared the outcome of a specific psychotherapeutic treatment for BED with a therapy controlling for nonspecific factors, the candidate will conduct a randomized clinical trial comparing the outcome of manualized DBT to a manualized Supportive Group Therapy for adults. Assessed will be the short (post-treatment), medium (3 mo, 6 mo) and longer term (12 mo) outcomes of these treatments as well as mediators and moderators of abstinence. The candidate's specific aims for this K23 award are: 1) to obtain training in research design, statistical analysis, and the theory and process of research through an individualized program of coursework at the Stanford University School of Medicine, with a focus on health outcomes and emotion regulation research and theory; 2) to contribute meaningfully to the understanding of efficacious treatments for BED by conducting a randomized clinical trial and 3) to expand the candidate's skills so that she can develop into a successful and independent investigator capable of obtaining future support for patient-oriented research, such as an R01. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: EARLY INTERVENTIONS FOR ANXIOUS CHILDREN Principal Investigator & Institution: Bernstein, Gail A.; Professor; Psychiatry; University of Minnesota Twin Cities 200 Oak Street Se Minneapolis, Mn 554552070 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-DEC-2002; Project End 30-NOV-2005 Summary: (provided by applicant): This R21 application is in response to Program Announcement #PA-99-134 Exploratory/Development Grants for Mental Health Intervention Research. This project focuses on early identification of anxious children and pilot testing of school-based group interventions for anxious youth. Anxiety disorders are among the most prevalent psychiatric disorders in children. These disorders are strongly associated with risk for later developing mood disorders and other psychiatric disorders, academic failure, substance abuse problems, and other significant health problems. Up to 10-15% of the general youth population has an anxiety disorder. Anxiety disorders are associated with functional impairment and substantial morbidity. Longitudinal studies have demonstrated that untreated anxiety disorders in children may continue for years. For all these reasons, early identification and intervention are critical for preventing anxiety disorders and returning anxious
12
Group Therapy
children to the normal developmental trajectory. This R21 will employ a multiple gating procedure to identify children (ages 7-11) with features or diagnoses of separation anxiety disorder, generalized anxiety disorder, or social phobia. Schools will be randomly assigned to one of three conditions: (1) group cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for children, (2) group CBT for children plus parent training, or (3) treatment as usual. Treatment as usual will consist of whatever the school would normally recommend for a child identified as anxious. Active treatments will utilize the FRIENDS Manual and will be provided at school. The FRIENDS manual will be expanded to provide a more intensive parent training component (i.e., parental anxiety management, understanding the child's anxiety in the family context, contracting and contingency management). All children will be followed prospectively with assessments at 3 months and 6 months post-treatment. Outcome measures will evaluate symptom severity, level of functioning, remission of baseline anxiety disorders, and incidence of new anxiety disorders. Data from this study will guide a large-scale school-based investigation of group interventions for anxious youth. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: EFFECTS OF WORK ACTIVITY AUGMENTED BY COGNITIVE TRAINING Principal Investigator & Institution: Bell, Morris D.; Career Research Scientist & Associate Pr; Psychiatry; Yale University 47 College Street, Suite 203 New Haven, Ct 065208047 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 15-MAY-2000; Project End 31-MAR-2005 Summary: (Adapted from the Applicant's Abstract): This study proposes to enroll 120 men and women with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder in a five-year investigation to compare work therapy alone with work therapy augmented by cognitive enhancement training. The cognitive enhancement condition has 4 elements: a) feedback to patients about their cognitive strengths and weaknesses from the baseline cognitive assessment; 2) 150 sessions of cognitive retraining employing computer-based hierarchically arranged exercises for memory, attention, and executive function; 3) a weekly group to improve verbal expression and social information processing; and 4) cognitively oriented work performance feedback in a weekly group with goal-setting and problem-solving. The work only condition will include 2 non-cognitive groups to control for non-specific effects. The work therapy program for both conditions will provide paid work activity ($6.00/hr.) for up to 20 hours per week in an accommodating setting with appropriate work service supports. Randomization into condition will be stratified by baseline cognitive functioning. Subjects will be provided with 12 months of work plus the procedures of their randomized condition. They will then be allowed to continue with work services for an additional 12 months. Clinical quality of life, neuropsychological, and rehabilitation effects will be assessed at 1- and 2-year followup. The two primary aims are 1) to determine whether cognitive enhancement training improves functional outcomes for this population and whether cognitive enhancement is especially needed to maintain work functioning for subjects with severe cognitive impairment; and 2) to determine whether paid work activity, which has demonstrated efficacy in veteran samples, is effective for a community sample of men and women. Two secondary aims are 1) to determine whether there are significant gender differences in the predictors, process and outcome of cognitive enhancement and work therapy; and 2) whether the provision of these services is cost effective from the point of view of the provider, the consumer and family, and society. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
Studies
•
13
Project Title: EFFICACY OF GROUP MOTIVATIONAL INTERVIEWING Principal Investigator & Institution: Santa Ana, Elizabeth J.; Psychology; State University of New York at Albany 1400 Washington Ave Albany, Ny 12222 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 20-AUG-2003; Project End 31-JUL-2005 Summary: (provided by applicant): Poor compliance with aftercare treatment among dually diagnosed patients is a costly and pervasive health problem that limits the effectiveness of inpatient detoxification. Current strategies for improving compliance with aftercare treatment are minimally effective. The proposed project intends to improve current strategies by examining the impact of adding group motivational interviewing (GMI) to the standard treatment program of an inpatient psychiatric hospital for individuals with coexisting psychiatric and substance use disorders. The project aims to significantly improve compliance with aftercare treatment (e.g. AA/NA, outpatient therapy) and reduce substance use over standard inpatient treatment alone. The study specifically addresses Healthy People 2010 objectives to reduce the treatment gap for individuals with coexisting substance use and psychiatric problems and to reduce past-month use of alcohol and illicit substances by specifically targeting patientlevel barriers and motivation. Ample evidence shows that motivational interviewing (MI) significantly reduces substance abuse and increases treatment engagement. As such, MI holds great promise for use in the inpatient setting and may represent a significant upgrade in the treatment services provided. However, MI is traditionally delivered one-on-one. The project seeks to demonstrate the efficacy of GMI in a group format. Until this is accomplished, MI will remain underutilized in inpatient or substance abuse treatment settings that rely on group therapy. The consequence is that motivational interviewing continues to go undelivered in inpatient settings despite the fact that this intervention may result in substantial benefits for patients, their families, and the community at large. Inpatients meeting eligibility criteria will be allocated to GMI + Standard Treatment (ST) or to ST alone using block randomization. Following admission, screening, and informed consent procedures, a group containing 5-6 participants will be invited to complete pretreatment questionnaires. Patients assigned to receive GMI + ST will be invited to return the following two days to attend two 90minute group sessions delivered in the style of motivational interviewing. Patients receiving ST alone will be invited to return the following two days for a nonexperimental group activity to control for therapist attention effects. All participants and collaterals will be contacted at a one and three month follow-up period after discharge to evaluate compliance with aftercare treatment and rate of alcohol and other drug consumption. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
•
Project Title: EFFICACY OF PSYCHOSOCIAL THERAPIES FOR DRUG ABUSE Principal Investigator & Institution: Najavits, Lisa M.; Associate Professor and Director, Trauma; Mc Lean Hospital (Belmont, Ma) Belmont, Ma 02478 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 10-MAR-1999; Project End 29-FEB-2004 Summary: The primary aim of this K02 application is to further the applicant's career in improving the efficacy of psychosocial treatments for patients with substance use disorder, comprising three subsidiary aims: (1) an emphasis on psychosocial treatments for "poor prognosis" substance use disorder (SUD) populations (e.g., patients who have co-occurring posttraumatic stress disorder or bipolar disorder, low motivation for treatment, or HIV; are poor and/or homeless; and inner-city women); (2) improving the quality of treatment of treatment delivery by psychosocial clinicians; and (3) developing
14
Group Therapy
new assessment measures to assist the above goals, for both research and clinical use. The K02 award would be useful to strengthen the applicant's involvement in the following eight studies, six of which are NIDA-funded: (1) Group Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Dual Diagnosis Women (and HIV supplement), a controlled randomized trial comparing a new cognitive-behavioral group psychotherapy developed by the applicant for women with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and SUD versus a "treatment-as-usual" control; a supplement to the grant focuses on reducing HIV risk behaviors in the sample; (2) A Relapse Prevention Group for Bipolar Substance Abusers to develop and pilot-test an integrated group therapy manual for patients with bipolar disorder and SUD; (3) Collaborative Cocaine Treatment Study, a multi-site randomized controlled trial comparing four psychosocial treatments for cocaine-dependent outpatients; (4) PTSD treatment outcomes for cocaine dependent women, a controlled randomized trial comparing the new cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy developed by the applicant versus standard relapse prevention for inner-city cocaine- dependent women with PTSD; (5) Validity of the ASAM Criteria for Drug Abuse Treatment, to test the validity of a widely used treatment- matching protocol and its applicability to a publicly funded population; (6) Research Diagnostic Project, to analyze the relationship between PTSD and SUD among 375 adult treatment-seeking patients; (7) Behavioral and Pharmacologic Treatment of Alcoholism, a multi-site controlled randomized trial comparing two psychosocial and two pharmacologic interventions for 720 outpatients with alcohol dependence; (8) PTSD and substance abuse among poor and homeless women (Smith-Richardson Foundation), a controlled randomized trial comparing the new cognitive- behavioral psychotherapy developed by the applicant versus "treatmentas-usual" for poor and/or homeless women with PTSD and SUD. The award would also enhance the applicant's potential to expand into related areas of research and to mentor new researchers. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: EVALUATION OF DIALECTICAL BEHAVIOR THERAPY (DBT) Principal Investigator & Institution: Linehan, Marsha M.; Professor and Director; Psychology; University of Washington Grant & Contract Services Seattle, Wa 98105 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 20-JUL-2003; Project End 30-APR-2008 Summary: (provided by applicant): The purpose of this proposal is to conduct an efficacy trial to determine whether Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) added to suboxone (an opiate drug replacement) is an efficacious treatment for suicidal opiate addicts with Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) characteristics and to analyze factors that influence efficacy in this population in order to improve the treatment. The combination of suicidality with substance abuse, particularly when other Axis I or II disorders are present, significantly compromises treatment outcome, and the purpose of this study is to investigate the efficacy of DBT added to suboxone as an effective treatment for this population. DBT, originally developed for chronically suicidal women with borderline personality disorder (BPD), is a synthesis of behavior therapy strategies aimed at change, and validation strategies aimed at acceptance, both held together by a set of dialectical strategies and underlying assumptions. DBT has been adapted for BPD substance abusers by the addition of 1) specific targets relevant to drug use, 2) a set of attachment strategies, 3) greater reliance on arbitrary reinforcers at treatment start, 4) weekly urinalysis, and 5) an opiate drug-replacement program (suboxone, i.e., buprenorphine in combination with naloxone) plus DBT clinical management. The research proposed here is a two arm, randomized clinical trial comparing a one year treatment program of DBT + suboxone for heroin addicted individuals to a one year
Studies
15
program of Treatment-as-Usual (TAU) + suboxone. Treatment-as-usual will consist of the standard drug counseling and group therapies offered at area methadone clinics plus suboxone. Participants in both conditions will be prescribed psychotropic medications as needed. One hundred and thirty-six individuals (68 per condition) with opiate dependence, high suicidality and meeting a minimum of four BPD criterion will be enrolled in a one-year treatment and a one-year follow-up assessment. Assessments measuring drug use, suicidal behaviors, retention and other treatment-related behaviors, general psychopathology, and increases in behavioral skills will be given at four month intervals for the entire two years. Results will be analyzed using HLM and other regression-based procedures. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: FAMILY AND GROUP THERAPIES FOR ADOLESCENT ALCOHOL ABUSE Principal Investigator & Institution: Stanton, Morris D.; Morton Center 1028 Barret Ave Louisville, Ky 40204 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-1998; Project End 31-AUG-2005 Summary: APPLICANT'S ABSTRACT: Despite well-founded societal concerns over use of illicit drugs by youth, alcohol use has persisted for decades as the number one adolescent substance abuse problem in the U.S. Further, research has shown that the earlier the onset of alcohol use, the more likely a person is to develop alcohol dependence later during the life course. Consequently, the need is clear for interventions that will arrest this process at the earliest point possible. Hence, interventions that mobilize a youth's social systems to help that young person deal with the problem, i.e., the family and peer systems, would make sense from a number of standpoints. The first objective of the research proposed here is to compare the effectiveness of two different modalities. One of these is a state-of-the-art family therapy approach, Transitional Family Therapy (TFT), which integrates nuclear family, here-and-now interventions, with multigenerational issues. The other is a standardized version of the established modality of Adolescent Group Therapy (AGT), which includes both psycoeducational and therapeutic components. Both approaches have been developed expressly to target adolescent alcohol problems. Participants will be 140 males and females, ages 13-17, with diagnoses of alcohol abuse or dependence. Following random assignment to conditions, treatment in either condition will take four months in addition to two months of aftercare (six months total). Outcomes will be compared at treatment termination, one year post-treatment, and two years post-treatment. The second objective is to establish a standard as to the outcomes that can be achieved with AGT for this population. Even though group therapy is probably the most widely used treatment modality for such problems, there presently appear to be no clinical trails defining its parameters and expectation with adolescent alcohol abusers. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
•
Project Title: GROUP MOTIVATIONAL INTERVENTION IN DRUG ABUSE TREATMENT Principal Investigator & Institution: Magura, Stephen; Acting Executive Director; National Development & Res Institutes Research Institutes, Inc. New York, Ny 100103509 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 20-DEC-1999; Project End 31-MAY-2004
16
Group Therapy
Summary: High rates of early dropout from out patient drug free (ODF) programs and subsequent relapse are critical issues for substance abuse treatment. Motivational interventions to address this have shown effectiveness in alcoholism treatment. This study would extend development of such interventions in three ways: by demonstrating a new group Motivational Interventional (GMI) as an option to existing individual motivational therapy; by testing the efficacy of this group model as an induction to standard ODF treatment rather than as a free-standing treatment; and by extending such motivational interventions from primary alcoholics to drug users (cocaine, opiates, cannabis). The specific aims and methods of the study are: 1) To implement a new Group Motivational Intervention as an induction to standard outpatient treatment. The intervention will employ the motivational elements of effective brief therapies (FRAMES) in a group setting. GMI consists of a total of four twice-weekly, manualdriven, small group sessions with the objectives of helping patients identify and understand their ambivalence about substance use, treatment and recovery. 2) To conduct an efficacy trial of GMI, by contrasting drug-abusing patients voluntarily randomly assigned to two conditions: (a) GMI followed by outpatient treatment "as usual" (N=120), and (b) outpatient treatment "as usual" (i.e., direct admission to clinicbased outpatient treatment) (N=135). The primary outcome variables are length of retention in treatment and substance use at 3 and 6 month follow-ups. 3) To determine the patient characteristics and treatment process variables which may predict drop-out and other differences in treatment outcomes. Key variables to be examined will include: sociodemographics, criminal involvement, treatment history, substance abuse severity, psychiatric severity, consequences of substance abuse, motivation for change, selfefficacy, therapeutic alliance, group treatment climate, "autonomy supportiveness" of treatment, types and amounts of services, received, 12- step involvement, and social support. 4) To conduct a cost-effectiveness analysis of GMI. Because even a brief group therapy may add to treatment costs, it is important6 to determine the cost per patient for each additional unit of positive outcome achieved (assuming outcomes improve). Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: GROUP TREATMENT FOR DEPRESSION IN HEART FAILURE Principal Investigator & Institution: Friedman, Michael A.; Psychology; Rutgers the St Univ of Nj New Brunswick Asb Iii New Brunswick, Nj 08901 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 14-FEB-2003; Project End 31-JAN-2006 Summary: (provided by applicant): The overall aim of this research is to develop an efficacious group psychotherapy for the treatment of major depression among individuals with congestive heart failure. Both major depression and heart failure are associated with severe loss of functioning and increased mortality, and this co-morbid condition is particularly debilitating. While treating depression among heart failure patients has the potential to improve functioning and prolong life in this population, there are currently no empirically-supported treatments for depression among heart failure patients. Among the several well-validated psychosocial treatments, group cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) has been proposed as efficacious, and has established feasibility among heart failure patients. Group CBT may be particularly efficacious among CHF patients with depression due to the potential for increasing patient social support. Initial research suggests that there are several ways in which current group CBT could be improved to treat major depression among CHF patients, including: (1) the use of an "open" group format that allows for immediate patient care, (2) integration of individual interventions to individually tailor treatment goals and improve adherence to treatment, and (3) family-based interventions within the group
Studies
17
CBT format to mobilize patient social support. The proposed integrated cognitivebehavioral therapy program includes group, individual, and family treatment (GIFT) for depression among individuals with CHF (GIFT-CHF). The current proposal is designed to develop the GIFT-CHF program. The proposal consists of three phases: a Development, Pilot, and Revision Phase. During the Development phase of the GIFTCHF, the goal of the research will be to: (a) develop an integrative group therapy program for depressed patients with heart failure (GIFT-CHF); (b) develop a therapist training program; and (c) develop and test the reliability and validity of competence and adherence rating scales. During the Pilot phase of the GIFT-CHF program, the goal will be to conduct a small pilot trial investigating the short-term efficacy of the GIFT-CHF program in comparison to a Standard Medical Care/Wait-List control group, and determine effect size. Finally, during the Revision phase of the GIFT-CHF program, the goal of the research will be based on the results of the Development and Pilot phases, to revise the GIFT-CHF program and treatment manual. This treatment development grant will lay the groundwork for a large-scale treatment outcome study of the GIFT-CHF program for depressed individuals with congestive heart failure. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: LIFESTYLE CHANGE TO INCREASE BONE DENSITY IN TEEN GIRLS Principal Investigator & Institution: Debar, Lynn L.; Kaiser Foundation Research Institute 1800 Harrison St, 16Th Fl Oakland, Ca 946123433 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-JUL-1999; Project End 30-JUN-2005 Summary: The annual cost of osteoporosis-related fractures in the US is $8 billion, most of which is borne by women in spite of an abundance of research on factors that might ameliorate the postmenopausal drop in bone mineral density (BMD). An important component of a lifelong prevention strategy would be to create methods for young women in the years 14-20 to maximize their bone mineral content and maintain it until menopause. This proposal will rigorously test two comprehensive lifestyle interventions, both oriented toward healthy diet and sustainable exercise, one based on individual counseling and the other on group intervention, against an attention control. The aim is to build bone and prevent bone loss among young women 14 to <16 years of age at recruitment. This trial draws upon our experience in 2 important studies of teens and nutrition--the Teen Lifestyle Project, DISC--and the ongoing fruit and vegetable study, DASH. The design is a parallel-group randomized clinical trial. with 300 participants equally divided among the groups, and measurements at baseline and three follow-ups to 27 months. This will provide power 0.90 to detect differences of l%-2% in TBBMD rates of change between groups. Secondary analysis will compare the achievement of the diet and exercise goals as compared to control, measured by objective markers (serum folate and carotenoids urinary sodium, lean body mass, accelerometer measure of physical activity) as well as by self-reports. The tertiary analysis will examine the same diet and exercise outcomes between the two intervention groups. and also in relation to process measures (adherence, evaluations, retention). The final analysis will explore potential causal pathways to bone mineral health involving a wider variety of factors, such as family history, biological and behavioral factors, hormonal influences and markers of bone metabolism. The investigators have a substantial amount of expertise in behavioral modification, research on teenage girls, nutrition and exercise interventions. They have substantial experience with assessment of bone mineral, body strength, exercise patterns, and diet, and with the biostatistical and qualitative research approaches required. The project will be carried out at the
18
Group Therapy
Kaiser Permanente Center for Health Research, a fully equipped research center with a mission of biomedical research in the public domain, in collaboration with the Oregon Health Sciences University. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: MEDICATION ADHERENCE IN OLDER PSYCHOTIC PEOPLE Principal Investigator & Institution: Lacro, Jonathan P.; Associate Clinical Professor; Veterans Medical Research Fdn/San Diego Foundation of San Diego San Diego, Ca 92161 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-SEP-2002; Project End 31-MAY-2007 Description (provided by applicant): Psychoses are among the most common and serious psychiatric disorders. Currently, the most effective treatment for psychosis is symptomatic, and involves the use of antipsychotic or neuroleptic medications. Unfortunately, well-conceived pharmacologic regimens often do not achieve their goals because of poor medication adherence. Depending on study design, measurement method, and other factors, reported rates of adherence to antipsychotic medication range from 11 percent to 80 percent (average rate approximately 50 percent). This is of considerable public health importance as nonadherence with antipsychotic treatment leads to myriad clinical and economic burdens, including psychotic relapse, increased clinic visits, emergency room visits, and rehospitalization. The primary goal of the proposed project is to test the effectiveness of Medication Adherence Therapy (MAT) on improving medication adherence and reducing psychiatric hospitalization. MAT is a fifteen session (60-90 minutes each) multi-interventional program consisting of motivational interviewing, education, social skills and behavior modification. Individual sessions will be held on weeks 1 and 12 and small group sessions will be conducted during weeks 2 through 11. Three monthly booster group sessions will begin on week 16. As secondary goals we will identify risk factors for nonadherence in older psychotic patients and determine whether MAT has benefits that extend beyond adherence and hospitalization. We propose to recruit 240 persons 45 years of age or older with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder requiring maintenance treatment with an antipsychotic medication. We will employ a randomized, pre-test, post-test control group design to examine the effects of the experimental intervention (MAT) compared to a support group (Control) which will be time equivalent to the experimental intervention. Research evaluations consisting of comprehensive assessments of demographic and clinical factors (e.g., medication adherence, medication side effects, psychopathology, insight, health beliefs, quality of life, functioning, etc.) will be collected at baseline, and at 3 months (immediately post-intervention), 6 months, and 12 months. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
•
Project Title: MINDFULNESS-BASED ART THERAPY FOR CANCER PATIENTS Principal Investigator & Institution: Monti, Daniel A.; Director of Mind-Body Medicine Program; Psychiatry and Human Behavior; Thomas Jefferson University Office of Research Administration Philadelphia, Pa 191075587 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 24-SEP-2001; Project End 29-FEB-2004 Summary: (provided by applicant): Psychosocial interventions, especially supportiveexpressive group therapies, have been associated with significant improvements in health status, quality of life and coping behaviors, in patients with cancer. The purpose of the proposed pilot research study is to investigate a newly developed group therapy
Studies
19
for cancer patients, MBAT. This proposed, randomized, controlled study follows a successful preliminary investigation of MBAT conducted at Thomas Jefferson University Hospital. MBAT integrates known benefits of art therapy, group therapy, and mindfulness-based stress reduction. Each of these fundamentally different modalities has documented usefulness in the treatment of cancer patients. The multi-modal approach is designed to enhance both the supportive and expressive aspects of the group experience. The study will be done with 96 patients who have a variety of cancer types. Participants will be matched for age and assigned randomly to either the MBAT experimental group or a non-intervention control group. Both groups will continue to receive their usual oncologic/medical care. The MBAT program consists of eight weekly meetings of two and one half-hours in length. At the end of the eight weeks, participants in the control group will be crossed over to the experimental intervention arm for an additional eight weeks. Participants will be assessed pre- and post-intervention on measures of health-related quality of life, psychological distress, and coping, using standardized outcome instruments (SF-36, SCL-90-R and COPE). Our long-term goal is to collect sufficient data to determine the overall efficacy of this promising intervention and to identify which patients are particularly likely to benefit from MBAT. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: MODIFYING GROUP THERAPY FOR BIPOLAR ABUSERS Principal Investigator & Institution: Weiss, Roger D.; Professor of Psychiatry and Clinical Dir; Mc Lean Hospital (Belmont, Ma) Belmont, Ma 02478 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-2002; Project End 31-MAY-2007 Summary: (provided by applicant): Bipolar disorder (BPD) and substance use disorder (SUD) frequently coexist, with poor prognostic implications. However, little research has focused on this population. "Integrated Group Therapy" (IGT) focuses on similarities in the process of recovery from BPD and SUD. In an initial open study, IGT patients had significantly fewer days of drug use than did patients who did not receive IGT. An ongoing Stage IB randomized controlled trial in 60 patients is comparing IGT vs. Group Drug Counseling (GDC), which focuses primarily on substance use. Preliminary results in the first 36 patients have favored IGT, with a significantly higher rate of attendance at group sessions, and significantly better substance use, alcohol, overall abstinence, and mood outcomes. The initial aim of the proposed study is to make IGT more easily adopted by community treatment settings by a) reducing IGT from 20 to 12 sessions and b) modifying IGT so that it can be conducted by drug counselors rather than exclusively by mental health professionals trained in psychopathology and cognitive-behavioral therapy. Patient and counselor satisfaction ratings and outside review of the revised manual will be obtained. The manual will be revised in an ongoing way, while conducting the modified treatment twice in the feasibility (i.e., pre-pilot) phase of the study. Once the manual has been finally revised, a Stage IB randomized controlled pilot study will be conducted with 60 subjects, comparing 12 sessions of revised lGT vs. GDC. Between-group treatment outcomes will be compared at 3 months (i.e., the end of treatment), 6 months, and 9 months. It is hypothesized that revised IGT will have better outcomes GDC, as measured by the primary outcomes, a) days of substance use, and b) number of weeks ill with BPD. Secondary outcomes will also be compared, including treatment retention, patient satisfaction, medication compliance, overall functioning, and engagement in HIV risk behaviors. If warranted by the results, effect sizes from the proposed study will be used to help in the preparation of a larger-scale subsequent Stage II study. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
20
•
Group Therapy
Project Title: MOOD MANAGEMENT TRAINING FOR ALCOHOL DEPENDENT SMOKERS Principal Investigator & Institution: Patten, Christi A.; Associate Professor of Psychology; Mayo Clinic Coll of Medicine, Rochester 200 1St St Sw Rochester, Mn 55905 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-FEB-1999; Project End 31-JAN-2004 Summary: This application will serve as the foundation on which the PI will build a major line of research dedicated to the area of alcohol and nicotine dependence treatment. Alcohol dependent smokers are at high risk for tobacco-related morbidity and mortality. Effective interventions are needed to reduce smoking prevalence in this population. Among smokers, a history of major depression has been identified as a major obstacle to smoking cessation. Individuals with a history of alcohol dependence and major depression may represent a population of especially treatment- resistant smokers. This new investigator proposal builds on our previous work and focuses on treatment of smokers with a history of both alcohol dependence and major depression. The theoretical framework on which this program of research is based is the social learning cognitive-behavioral model of relapse which emphasizes the role of situational variables and coping responses in addiction relapse. Our preliminary work suggests that a mood management intervention, designed to enhance coping with negative affect, may improve smoking outcomes for smokers with a history of alcohol dependence and depression. The first primary aim of this study is to evaluate the efficacy of a mood management intervention on 12-month smoking outcomes for 144 adult, abstinent alcoholic smokers with a history of major depression. A further aim is to examine mechanisms and processes of change associated with smoking treatment outcomes. The second primary aim is to examine the effect of the smoking treatments on alcohol abstinence and to identify factors associated with smoking and alcohol outcomes. The ultimate goal of this work is to develop effective interventions which will reduce tobacco-related morbidity and mortality in this high-risk population without adversely affecting alcohol outcomes. A randomized, two-group design will be used to evaluate the added benefit of a mood management intervention compared to a state-of-the-art smoking cessation treatment. The two conditions are: 1) Transdermal Nicotine Therapy and Behavioral Counseling (BC) and 2)BC plus Cognitive-Behavioral Mood Management Training (MM). Treatment will consist of 8 weekly group sessions. The major assessments will occur at end-of-treatment (week 8), and 1,3,6,and 12-month follow-up. Dependent measures include 7-day point prevalence smoking abstinence verified with expired air carbon monoxide and alcohol and drug abstinence verified with breathalyzer, urine drug screen and informant report. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
•
Project Title: MOTIVATING HIV+ WOMEN: RISK REDUCTION AND ART ADHERENCE Principal Investigator & Institution: Mcdonnell, Marcia K.; Family and Community Nursing; Emory University 1784 North Decatur Road Atlanta, Ga 30322 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-MAR-2003; Project End 28-FEB-2007 Summary: (provided by applicant): Women comprise the fastest growing group of persons with AIDS. They are often diagnosed later in the disease, when antiretroviral therapy (ART) is strongly indicated. Though effective in reducing the amount of circulating HIV virus and increasing the CD4 lymphocyte count, ART regimens are complex and have numerous side effects. Near perfect adherence is required to obtain and maintain the effects, but because of regimen complexities and side effects it is
Studies
21
difficult to achieve, particularly for women who may be caretakers for HIV+ partners and children. As women on ART begin to feel better, and resume normal activities, including sexual activities, they are expected to adhere to ART and risk reduction behaviors (RRB). Reports of poor adherence to ART are common and those related to RRB are emerging. The long-term goal of this research project is to develop nursing interventions to promote adherence to both ART and RRB in HIV+ women. The primary objective of this randomized controlled behavioral trial is to test the effect of a group motivational intervention for HIV+ women on adherence to ART and RRB. The secondary objectives are to examine the mediator effects of self-efficacy, outcome expectancy, and personal goals on adherence to ART and RRB. The innovative Motivational Group (MG) intervention has motivational interviewing (MI) as the central component. It consists of 8 90-minute sessions, 2 weeks apart, led by a nurse, and is designed to inform and motivate women to adhere to ART and use RRB consistently. Using MI techniques the nurse will facilitate the group discussion relevant to ART and/or RRB adherence. Self-efficacy, positive outcome expectancy, and effective personal goals will be fostered. The intervention will be compared to an 8-session attention equivalent control condition consisting of a health promotion program led by a nurse health educator All participants wilt be assessed at five time points--baseline, immediately and 3, 6, and 9 months after the intervention using an audio computerized self-interview (ACASI). RRB adherence will be measured by self-report. Adherence to ART will be measured by self-report, eDems caps, and a Multi Component Adherence Index. Viral load and CD4 counts will be obtained by chart review at each assessment point. Repeated measures analysis of variance will be used to test the primary hypotheses that participants in the MG condition will have higher rates of adherence to ART and RRB compared to controls. Regression analyses will be used to test the effects of the mediators. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: NEGATIVE AFFECT TREATMENT MEDICATION
IN
RELAPSE:
WITHDRAWAL
AND
Principal Investigator & Institution: Baker, Timothy B.; Professor; University of Wisconsin Madison 750 University Ave Madison, Wi 53706 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002 Summary: (Applicant's Description) Numerous smoking cessation treatments have been developed over the past 20 years. Unfortunately, these have not led to a notable increase in cessation rates over the same period. One impediment to a rational, empirically-based approach to smoking treatment is that we know very little about how effective treatments work. The proposed research will use Electronic Diaries (EDs; palmtop computers) to gather fine-grained, virtually real-time information on variables thought to mediate the effects of efficacious smoking cessation treatments. In addition, recent research suggests that tonic change in affect/withdrawal powerfully predicts relapse; this project will permit sensitive tests of this relation. In this research, 390 smokers motivated to quit will be randomized to one of three groups. In the Bupropion group, smokers will attempt to quit smoking with the aid of bupropion pharmacotherapy (150 mg b.i.d.). In the Combined condition, smokers will receive bupropion pharmacotherapy and will participate in group therapy sessions comprising therapeutic elements of known efficacy (i.e., social support and coping-skills training). A final group of smokers will be assigned to a Placebo condition; these subjects will not attend group sessions and will be given placebo pharmacotherapy. All subjects will use EDs to collect real-time information about urges, withdrawal, negative affect, smoking rates, etc --
22
Group Therapy
during a 4-day period prior to the quit date and for the first 8 weeks of the cessation attempt. The study design allows for sensitive descriptive and predictive examinations of both short-term episodes and longer-term trends in theoretically prominent variables such as negative affect, withdrawal, stressors, temptations, and urges. It also permits tests of mediation to determine whether bupropion pharmacotherapy and/or counseling work through modifying the timing, frequency, trends, and/or severity of such variables. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: PHARMACOTHERAPY OF METHAMPHETAMINE DEPENDENCE Principal Investigator & Institution: Batki, Steven L.; Professor and Director of Research; Psychiatry and Behavioral Scis; Upstate Medical University Research Administration Syracuse, Ny 13210 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 20-FEB-1998; Project End 31-DEC-2002 Summary: Methamphetamine dependence is a growing problem, especially in the western United States, and is strongly associated with HIV risk behaviors. We will investigate the efficacy of a novel pharmacotherapy in the treatment of methamphetamine dependence. A two phase study is proposed -- an out patient clinical trial (Phase 1 ) coupled with an inpatient cue-reactivity study (Phase 2). The project will use quantitative urine methamphetamine and amphetamine levels as measures of drug use outcome, and will evaluate the value of such quantitative measurements versus qualitative urine drug testing. The medication to be tested is isradipine, a dihydropyridine calcium channel blocker. Animal studies indicate that isradipine reduces the reinforcing and activating effects of methamphetamine. The proposed studies will test isradipine's effectiveness in two experiments, one in a human laboratory and the other in an outpatient setting. One hundred subjects will be recruited into a randomized, placebo- controlled, parallel group, 12 week outpatient clinical trial (Study Phase 1) to test the effectiveness of isradipine, as a adjunct to group therapy, in initiating abstinence or reducing the amount of methamphetamine use among patients with DSMIV methamphetamine dependence. Outcome measures for the clinical trial will be quantitative urine methamphetamine and amphetamine concentration and self report of methamphetamine use and craving, as well as AIDS risk behaviors. Of the 100 subjects, 30 will also be recruited into a concurrent human laboratory cue reactivity study (Study Phase 2) designed to measure isradipine's efficacy in reducing methamphetamine reactivity in response to cues. The cue-reactivity study will involve overnight hospitalization and will utilize the General Clinical Research Center (GCRC) atg UCSF/San Fransisco General Hospital. Subjects will participate in the first cue reactivity session during Week 1 (the placebo/compliance week) at the start of the outpatient isradipine trial, and will return to the GCRC for the second cue reactivity session in Week 5 of treatment with isradipine or placebo. Cue reactivity outcome will be measured by subjective responses such as craving as well as physiological measurements of arousal such as autonomic changes, skin conductance, and cortisol levels. In those subjects who participate in both phases of the project, the severity of cue reactivity in Phase 2 will be correlated with amount of outpatient methamphetamine use as measured in Phase1. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
Studies
•
23
Project Title: PREVENTION OF RELAPSE IN RECURRENT DEPRESSION WITH MBCT Principal Investigator & Institution: Segal, Zindel V.; Professor; Center for Addiction and Mental Health 250 College St Toronto, On Timing: Fiscal Year 2004; Project Start 20-JUL-2004; Project End 30-APR-2009 Summary: (provided by applicant): It has been estimated that each new episode of depression increases a patient's cumulative risk for relapse by 16% and those patients who have experienced three or more past depressions are at an elevated risk of staying chronically depressed (Solomon 2000). Patients with recurrent depression are, therefore, a logical group for targeted prevention efforts. To date, the best validated and most widely used approach for preventing relapse in recurrent depression is maintenance medication. However, the protection afforded lasts only as long as patients continue to take their medication. In light of this concern, there has been a growing interest in the use of treatments that combine recovery through medication with psychological prevention of relapse/recurrence (Fava et al., 1998). One such treatment is MindfulnessBased Cognitive Therapy (MBCT), a group intervention designed to train recovered depressed patients to disengage from mood-linked depressive thinking styles that may trigger relapse/recurrence. While there are preliminary data on MBCT's preventative effects, we do not know how well this treatment fares in comparison with the most pervasive preventive intervention for depression, namely maintenance medication. We plan to identify a sample of 272 recurrently depressed outpatients and, during the acute treatment phase of this study, provide antidepressant medication. Remitted patients will then be randomly assigned to receive either maintenance medication, be withdrawn from medication and receive MBCT or be withdrawn and receive placebo and clinical management. All patients will then be followed for the next eighteen months. Our main hypotheses are that MBCT and maintenance medication will not differ in their efficacy, and that both will outperform placebo and clinical management. We will also perform analyses to examine a possible cognitive mechanism underlying MBCT's effectiveness as well as estimate the relative costs of MBCT compared to maintenance medication for prevention of relapse. Findings from this study would have clear public health significance because MBCT could prove to be an additional effective treatment for recurrently depressed patients who require maintenance courses of treatment to prevent relapse/recurrence. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
•
Project Title: PSYCHOSOCIAL TREATMENT EFFECTS ON CANCER SURVIVAL Principal Investigator & Institution: Spiegel, David; Professor; Psychiatry and Behavioral Sci; Stanford University Stanford, Ca 94305 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-AUG-1990; Project End 31-JUL-2005 Summary: NIMH is supporting a 10-year investigation by our laboratory of the influence of psychosocial treatment on survival of women with metastatic breast cancer. We have recruited 125 metastatic breast cancer patients, and randomly assigned them either to one year of weekly supportive/expressive group therapy or to an educational control condition. This research is designed to replicate and extend our earlier finding that metastatic breast cancer patients randomly assigned to a year of weekly supportive/expressive therapy (SET) groups lived an average of 18 months longer than control patients (Spiegel et al., 1989). In this competing continuation we seek to accomplish two overall Aims: In Aim 1 we seek to complete follow-up of long-term survivors in our existing study. We currently have 73% overall mortality and must
24
Group Therapy
follow the sample until treatment/control differences in survival are analyzable at greater than 90% mortality. We have discovered an abnormality in diurnal variation of cortisol that predicts significantly shorter survival time, and plan to pursue our investigation of HPA dysfunction and breast cancer progression. In addition, we will examine the characteristics that distinguish long-term survivors, and mediators of treatment effects, specifically, analyses of in-group emotional expression and diurnal cortisol. In Aim 2 we seek to recruit a new, socioeconomically and ethnically diverse sample of 180 metastatic breast cancer patients with a range of PTSD. The sample will include 60 patients who meet diagnostic criteria for cancer-related posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), 60 patients with partial cancer-related PTSD, and 60 patients without a cancer-related PTSD diagnosis, as a comparison group. The subaims of this new study are to: A) evaluate the efficacy of SET on PTSD and other psychiatric Symptoms, quality of life, and survival in metastatic breast cancer patients with PTSD; B) examine hypothesized mediators of treatments effects (including emotional expression and cognitive processing of cancer-related stressors); and C) identify correlates of baseline adjustment (including SES, trauma/PTSD history, social constraints) and moderators of treatment response (including level of PTSD symptoms). The results of this study will provide evidence of the efficacy of group psychotherapy for metastatic breast cancer patients, including those with comorbid psychiatric (PTSD) symptoms, on the basis of proven psychiatric, psychosocial, and health benefits. The recruitment of this diverse sample of patients will also increase generalizability of findings regarding group psychotherapy outcome and its predictors. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: RECOVERY GROUP FOR WOMEN WITH SUBSTANCE USE DISORDERS Principal Investigator & Institution: Greenfield, Shelly F.; Mc Lean Hospital (Belmont, Ma) Belmont, Ma 02478 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 30-SEP-2002; Project End 31-MAY-2005 Summary: (provided by applicant): Although many investigators have written about the need for single-gender treatment for women with substance use disorders (SUDS), there are very few specific therapies developed for this population, and even fewer empirical studies to determine the relative effectiveness of these therapies versus standard treatments in a mixed-gender setting. The primary aim of this study is to develop a 12session, manual-based relapse prevention group therapy treatment for women with SUDS. This treatment manual for a Women's Recovery Group (WRG) will focus on themes that are relevant to women with SUDS. There will be an emphasis on educating patients about treatment and relapse prevention of SUDS in a context that is relevant to women including the role of depression and anxiety in women's recovery from substance use, the role of partner relationships in recovery, substance use through the female life cycle, substance abuse and reproductive health, fostering mutual support, and the effect of physical and sexual assault on recovery. The manual will combine therapist information and instructions with patient worksheets, handouts and homework assignments. To accomplish this aim, we will: a. Obtain outside review of the manual at two different stages of its development from experts in the treatment of women with substance use disorders. b. Obtain monthly assessment of subjects' substance use, addiction recovery, and treatment utilization throughout the treatment intervention and for 3 months afterwards. These assessments along with data from a group of subjects receiving "treatment as usual" (i.e., mixed-gender Group Drug Counseling) will help to inform our development of later versions of the manual. c.
Studies
25
Establish the acceptability of the manual-based treatment intervention by obtaining session-by-session and overall patient and therapist satisfaction ratings. d. Develop and refine therapist competence and adherence measures for the treatment intervention, and develop instructions for their use by raters. e. Revise the manual in an ongoing way, based on information from elements a-d above, while conducting the group intervention twice in the pre-pilot phase, and twice again during a pilot study The investigators will then conduct a pilot study in which outcomes among subjects receiving the treatment intervention will be compared with outcomes of subjects who receive "treatment as usual." Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: REHABILITATION FOR SELF-MANAGEMENT OF PARKINSONS DISEASE Principal Investigator & Institution: Wagenaar, Robert C.; Professor of Neurophysiology; Phsyical Therapy; Boston University Charles River Campus 881 Commonwealth Avenue Boston, Ma 02215 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-JUN-2003; Project End 31-MAY-2006 Summary: (provided by applicant): The overall goal of the proposed research is to determine whether rehabilitation that focuses on self-management of health helps to improve the day-to-day functioning and quality of life of community-living clients with Parkinson's disease (PD), beyond the effects of medical treatment alone. Typically for people with PD, medical treatment declines in effectiveness over a variable number of years, and these individuals face a relentless progression into disability and lowered quality of life that can end in a need for custodial care. If a rehabilitation program can ameliorate disability and support a high quality of life by positively influencing mobility, communication, and healthful daily living skills, it is possible that more intensive use of medication could be postponed. As a result, people with this disease might benefit longer from medication and be less quickly referred to costly inpatient rehabilitation and long term care facilities. The proposed research uses rigorous methodology, which is rare for studies of rehabilitation with this population, and builds on our previous research toward understanding the role of rehabilitation in promoting health in people with PD. In a randomized controlled design, people with PD will be assigned to one of three conditions for a duration of 6 weeks: (i) medication only, (ii)medication plus 2 outpatient group rehabilitation sessions and 1 social activity session per week, or (iii)medication plus 2 outpatient group rehabilitation sessions and 1 home/community rehabilitation session per week. Rehabilitation will occur through integrated physical, occupational, and speech therapy services specialized to the selfmanagement of health needs of people with PD. The first specific aim of the proposed study is to determine if increasing "doses" of self-management rehabilitation (from Conditions i to ii to iii) result in increasingly positive quality of life outcomes. The second aim is to document change in rehabilitation effects at 2 and 6 months postintervention. The third aim is to describe possible active ingredients in the rehabilitation by measuring neuromuscular and voice function outcomes. The fourth aim is to provide evidence for the validity of self-management outcome measures for use with PD. It is hypothesized that there will be beneficial and lasting effects of rehabilitation for quality of life outcomes. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
26
•
Group Therapy
Project Title: RELATIONAL PARENTING THERAPY FOR OPIOID ABUSING MOTHERS Principal Investigator & Institution: Luthar, Suniya S.; Professor; Apt Foundation, Inc. 1 Long Wharf Dr, Ste 321 New Haven, Ct 06511 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-JAN-1998; Project End 30-NOV-2003 Summary: (Applicant's Abstract) The proposed study will involve a randomized clinical trial of the Relational Parenting Mothers' Group, (RPMG), an intervention designed for opioid abusing women with children less than 14 years of age, which was manualized and pilot tested as part of a Phase I study (P50-DA09241). This intervention was developed in recognition of the substantial psychosocial risks faced by substance abusing mothers and their offspring, and the notable lack of parenting interventions currently available for addicted mothers with children past the infancy years. Based on developmental psychopathology perspectives on resilience, this integrative treatment addresses multiple levels of adversity (individual, community, and family) faced by drug abusing mothers: risks that typically result in negative parenting behaviors and psychosocial distress among the mothers and concomitantly, psychiatric disturbance among their offspring. RPMG is a structured treatment, entailing 24 weekly group sessions of 1 1/2 hours each. Preliminary data collected in the Phase I study have attested to the promise of RPMG in terms of diverse parenting behaviors and psychiatric outcomes among both the mothers and their children, and in the proposed study, we seek to conduct a randomized clinical trial in which RPMG will be compared with Recovery Training (RT; a manualized treatment resembling standard drug counseling). Both RPMG and RT interventions will be offered as supplements to treatment regularly offered at the methadone clinics. Eighty methadon-maintained mothers will be randomized to each of the two treatment conditions, yielding a total sample size of 160. Multiple-method, multiple-informant assessments will be obtained to measure salient outcomes, including reports from the mothers and their children, and from the mothers' clinicians and the children's teachers. The following specific goals will be addressed within this study: (1.) To evaluate the comparative effectiveness of RPMG versus RT in terms of improvements in (a.) mothers' parenting behaviors and attitudes, and their psychiatric disturbance; as well as and (b.) in their children's levels of symptomatology and everyday social competence; (2.) To evaluate the durability of RPMG treatment gains, as well as potentially delayed treatment effects, via follow-up assessments of both mothers and children six months after the active phase of RPMG treatment; and (3.) To examine ways in which specific maternal characteristics relate to treatment success. Guided by previous research, these characteristics will include (a.) intelligence (b.) sensation seeking (c.) ethnicity; and (d.) readiness for treatment. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
•
Project Title: OUTCOMES
SKILLS
TRAINING
FOR
SCHIZOPHRENIA:ENHANCING
Principal Investigator & Institution: Smith, Thomas E.; Psychiatry; Columbia University Health Sciences Po Box 49 New York, Ny 10032 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 01-MAR-2002; Project End 28-FEB-2005 Summary: Social and symptom management skills training approaches are widely available for use in the care of individuals with schizophrenia. Controlled studies have demonstrated efficacy, but questions persist regarding generalizability and overall effectiveness of skills training in outpatient settings. It is important to establish whether there are subgroups of individuals who are more likely to benefit from intensive
Studies
27
rehabilitation efforts, so that treatments can be appropriately matched and rehabilitation efforts made more efficient. Preliminary studies by our group and others suggest that individuals with good verbal memory capacity are more likely to acquire new skills and use them in real world settings. However, there are no prospective studies of skills training for outpatients with schizophrenia that control for the effects of neurocognitive deficits. Also, there are no studies of the effectiveness of skills training for individuals taking atypical antipsychotic medications. This is important in that atypical antipsychotics are now first-line treatments for schizophrenia, and also because these agents may improve verbal memory function in a way that increases the chances of good rehabilitation outcomes. This study tests the effectiveness of a standard skills training approach and the mediating effects of verbal memory deficits in a cohort of outpatients with chronic psychotic disorders taking atypical antipsychotic medications. Subjects taking stable doses of risperidone, olanzapine, or quetiapine will receive either intensive symptom management and social skills training or a comparison group therapy for 12 months. Medication assignment will not be controlled, but separate randomization streams will be used for subjects taking each of the atypical agents. In addition, a stratified randomization procedure will be used to control for good vs. poor neurocognitive functioning using identified cutoff values on a verbal memory test. The primary aims of the study are to: a) document the degree of skill acquisition seen following training; b) identify the degree of generalization of learned skills to other settings; and c) document the mediating effects of neurocognitive deficits on treatment response and functional capacity. This study will generate new information that can guide treatment planning and maximize the chances for recovery in individuals with schizophrenia. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: SMOKING CESSATION FOR WOMEN AT RISK OF CERVICAL CANCER Principal Investigator & Institution: Whiteley, Jessica A.; Miriam Hospital Providence, Ri 029062853 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 01-SEP-2003; Project End 31-AUG-2005 Summary: (provided by applicant): Cigarette smoking has been found to be associated with a two-fold increased risk of developing cervical neoplasia or squamous cell cancer. The constituents of smoke, in concert with human papillomavirus (HPV), may promote the development or progression of cervical neoplasia. Thus, women who are positive for HPV and who smoke are at increased risk for developing cervical cancer. Counseling regarding smoking cessation may be of particular benefit for women undergoing screening at a colposcopy clinic for the evaluation of an abnormal Papanicolaou (Pap) smear. This is considered to be a "teachable moment" for smoking cessation, in that the perceived risk of progression to cervical cancer is heightened. Smoking cessation can reduce this risk as well as other health risks. Additionally, women at the colposcopy clinic represent underserved female smokers in that they are young, of low socioeconomic status, and are more likely to be ethnic or racial minorities. In Phase I, three focus groups of 8 -10 women each will be conducted to adapt an efficacious groupbased cognitive-behavioral smoking cessation intervention that is tailored to the needs of women. The adaptations will include modifying the intervention from a group to phone-based delivery format and addressing the unique smoking cessation barriers of the women at our study site colposcopy clinic. In Phase II, the refined materials will be used in a randomized pilot study. Thirty women will be randomized either to an AHRQ + Enhanced Smoking Cessation group (n = 15) or to an AHRQ + Contact Control group
28
Group Therapy
(n = 15). Both groups will receive the AHRQ guidelines for smoking cessation (self help materials, brief counseling, recommendation for nicotine replacement therapy) plus phone delivery of either the adapted smoking cessation intervention (AHRQ + Enhanced Cessation) or a health education intervention (AHRQ + Contact Control). Our primary hypothesis is that the women randomized to the AHRQ + Enhanced Cessation group will have higher quit rates then women in the AHRQ + Contact Control group. Thus, we seek to: 1) conduct the formative work to adapt the cessation materials from a group to phone-based format and to address the needs of this population, 2) pilot the recruitment strategy, and 3) conduct a small randomized pilot trial to determine the preliminary efficacy of the materials for smoking cessation. This study, therefore, will serve as a pilot for a larger clinical trial. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: THE TREATMENT OF BINGE EATING DISORDER Principal Investigator & Institution: Crow, Scott J.; Associate Professor; Psychiatry; University of Minnesota Twin Cities 200 Oak Street Se Minneapolis, Mn 554552070 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 15-FEB-2002; Project End 31-JAN-2005 Summary: (provided by applicant): Research over the last few decades has shown that a sub-group of overweight individuals have an abnormal eating pattern best characterized by discrete binge eating episodes. The presence of binge eating episodes in obese individuals is associated with increased rates of psychopathology, social dysfunction, early onset obesity, and greater severity of obesity. However, recent research suggests that binge eating can be effectively treated in obese individuals using certain forms of psychotherapy such as cognitive behavioral techniques, and certain antidepressant drugs, strategies that have also been shown to be useful in suppressing binge eating in individuals of normal weight with bulimia nervosa. Certain self-help techniques have also been shown to be quite useful in improving binge eating symptoms and in encouraging healthy eating behavior in individuals with disordered eating. Our research groups have demonstrated the utility of a self-help manual in working with individuals with bulimia nervosa and most recently the utility of a group self-help approach in targeting binge eating behavior in overweight individuals with binge eating. Therefore, as an extension of our prior research, and given the preliminary data that will be reported in the application, we propose to study the utility of treatments targeting binge eating in obese individuals who binge eat through a random assignment, parallel study wherein subjects who satisfy inclusion criteria will be assigned to one of 6 conditions: 1) manual-based self-help targeting binge eating without therapist involvement; 2) supervised manual-based self-help; 3) group self-help therapy, without contact with a psychotherapist; 4) group therapy delivered partially through videotapes and partially with therapist leadership; 5) a traditional therapist-led group psychotherapy, and 6) a wait list control to control for the effects of time and the non-specific effects of being involved in the protocol. Of note, the materials presented in the five treatment arms will be essentially identical, but are written for self-help vs. audio-visual vs. therapy presentation based on the treatment assignment. This protocol is not designed to test a weight loss strategy, but instead to focus on strategies for bingeeating. Such strategies could then be administered in combination with, or sequentially with, various weight loss strategies (e.g., behavioral, pharmacologic) in those who are overweight. Treatments for weight loss are currently undergoing significant evolution with the introduction of two new pharmacologic agents in the last 18 months. We believe that to attempt to address both strategies for binge eating and strategies for
Studies
29
weight loss in this study would make it overly complex. The result of this study could inform the design of trials to treat both binge-eating and promote weight loss. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: THERAPY SPECIFICITY AND MEDIATION IN FAMILY & GROUP CBT Principal Investigator & Institution: Silverman, Wendy K.; Professor; Psychology; Florida International University Division of Sponsored Research and Training Miami, Fl 33199 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002; Project Start 09-JUL-2002; Project End 30-JUN-2007 Summary: Considerable evidence has now accumulated demonstrating the efficacy of Individual Child Cognitive Behavior Therapy for reducing anxiety disorders in children. In growing recognition that the child's context affects the development, course, and outcome of childhood psychopathology and functional status, recent clinical research efforts have been directed toward evaluating whether cognitive behavior therapy when used with anxious children also is efficacious when particular contexts (i.e., family/parents, group/peer) are incorporated in the treatment program. As a result, there now exists considerable empirical evidence that childhood anxiety disorders also can be reduced in cognitive behavioral treatment programs that incorporate family/parents and peer/group contexts and target specific domains/content areas relevant to these contexts. Despite the above, there have been no studies that have directly evaluated whether family/parents and peer/group interventions that target specific domains/variables and content areas relevant to that respective intervention context actually produce specific effects on these domains/variables and, more importantly, whether changes produced on these variables mediate treatment response. Consequently, claims regarding the importance of incorporating (or not incorporating) family/parents and peer/groups and targeting respective variables relevant to each context in order to produce child treatment response are based more on speculation than on empirical data. Investigating whether incorporating family/parents or peer/group contexts and targeting specific domains/variables and content areas relevant to these respective contexts, and whether changes on these variables mediate treatment response in two cognitive behavioral treatments that each represent these distinct contexts (i.e., family/parents and peer/group) among children with anxiety disorders, thus comprise the specific aims of this project. The study targets the same DSM-IV anxiety disorders targeted in previous clinical trials and that are most common in children: social phobia, generalized anxiety disorder, and separation anxiety disorder. Using a controlled clinical trial design, 252 children (ages 8-14 years) and their parents will be admitted to treatment over the five years of the study, yielding an estimated 216 treatment completers at post-test and 180 at one year follow- up. Children and their parents will be randomly assigned to one of two treatment conditions: Family/Parents Cognitive Behavior Therapy (FCBT) and Peer/Group Cognitive Behavior Therapy (GCBT). All participants will be assessed at pretreatment, posttest, and one-year followup. Two sets of hypotheses will be tested. Because each condition represents a distinct treatment context (family/parents and peer/group) that targets the same two domains (skills and relationships) but in two different content areas within each domain (i.e., parenting skills and parent-child relationships in FCBT versus child social skills and peer-child relationships in GCBT), the first set of hypotheses is designed to establish empirically whether there are in fact treatment specific effects. Thus, the first set of hypotheses to be tested is that FCBT will produce significantly greater specific effects on parenting skills and parent-child relationships than on child social skills and peer-child
30
Group Therapy
relationships. GCBT, on the other hand, will produce significantly greater specific effects on child social skills and peer-child relationships than on parenting skills and parentchild relationships. The second and more theoretically and practically significant set of hypotheses will test whether or not it is the changes that are produced on these variables that mediate treatment response. Thus, the second set of hypotheses to be tested is that parenting skills, parent-child relationships, child social skills and/or peer-child relationships will be significant mediators of treatment response, i.e., anxiety reduction. To test the study's mediational models and to fully examine specificity effects, a multianalytic approach that includes structural equational modeling and other complex data analytic strategies (e.g., growth curve modeling) will be used. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: TRANSITIONAL TREATMENT FOR ADOLESCENTS IN FAMILY THERAPY Principal Investigator & Institution: Waldron, Holly B.; Associate Professor; Oregon Research Institute Eugene, or 97403 Timing: Fiscal Year 2003; Project Start 05-SEP-2003; Project End 30-JUN-2007 Summary: (provided by applicant): Considerable empirical support has been established in recent years for outpatient treatments for adolescent substance use disorders. In particular, strong evidence has been found for the efficacy of family therapy in reducing drug abuse and associated problems. Unfortunately, relapse is a critical problem, with treatment outcome studies showing that fewer than half of treated adolescents remain drug or alcohol free up to one year after treatment. Some evidence suggests that participation in aftercare can reduce the risk of relapse among drug abusing adolescents. No research exists, however, on whether the beneficial effects of family therapy can be made more durable by the addition of an aftercare component. The primary purpose of the proposed Stage I treatment development study is to investigate transitional aftercare interventions designed to supplement family therapy, thereby enhancing the long-term effects of treatment on adolescent substance abuse. The family-based treatment literature indicates that traditional family therapy augmented with multi-systemic ecologically focused intervention components is successful in producing significant outcomes that endure at least12 months posttreatment. Yet, ecologically focused familybased interventions, because of their complex and intensive nature, have proven difficult to implement in naturalistic clinical settings. Group interventions that combine the effectiveness of cognitive behavioral strategies such as coping, drug-refusal, mood management, and communication skills with the benefits of peer social support to motivate continued reductions in substance use represent a promising alternative. The proposed study will examine a group and an ecologically focused intervention, in relation to a third minimal transitional intervention in which phone contacts with families every other week will serve to reinforce family therapy gains. Stage IA will primarily involve refining and initially testing the three manualized interventions. Stage IB will formally pilot test the developed versions of the interventions with 90 substance abusing adolescents and their families. Participants will receive an initial 12-week course of Functional Family Therapy, an established treatment for adolescent problem behaviors. Families will then be randomly assigned (30 per condition) to one of the three 8-week aftercare conditions, the skills-based group, family-based systemic, or minimal transitional interventions. Treatment retention and drug use will be used as measures of outcome to demonstrate the potential promise of the interventions. A few key mechanisms of action associated with the different transitional interventions will also be examined.
Studies
31
Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen •
Project Title: TX READINESS FOR HOMELESS POPULATION WITH COMORBID DRUG ABUSE & MENTAL ILLNESS Principal Investigator & Institution: Pollio, David E.; Associate Professor; Washington University Lindell and Skinker Blvd St. Louis, Mo 63130 Timing: Fiscal Year 2002 Summary: This pilot project will continue development of an intervention (Short-term Time-limited Assertive Community Treatment) for homeless individuals with comorbid substance use and mental illness. The pilot continues research conducted by the principal investigator and co-investigators and will focus on one stage of the intervention: the treatment readiness group. The pilot will implement and test the effectiveness of the treatment readiness stage and finalize the retention protocols and manualize the group. The investigators will submit an R01 proposal to test the entire intervention in a sample of 400 homeless individuals. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
•
Project Title: WEIGHT CONNECTION: WEIGHT LOSS MAINTANANCE USING THE WEB Principal Investigator & Institution: Kaplan, Lee M.; Associate Professor; Massachusetts General Hospital 55 Fruit St Boston, Ma 02114 Timing: Fiscal Year 2001; Project Start 30-SEP-1999; Project End 31-AUG-2004 Summary: Despite widespread recognition of the increasing prevalence and medical sequelae of obesity, efforts to reverse these trends have met with limited success. Although 75 percent of obese individuals who enter a weight loss program are initially successful, more than 90 percent of these individuals regain the lost weight within 5 years, leading to renewal or even exacerbation of cardiopulmonary and vascular disease risks. The focus of this proposal is the prevention of weight regain in obese individuals after successful weight loss. The best predictor of weight loss maintenance is the duration and intensity of patient-provider contact, irrespective of practitioner specialty or the nature of the intervention. However, the high costs of intensive interventions over an extended period limit optimal management to a small number of patients. The hypothesis underlying the proposed study is that some of the benefits of intensive patient-provider interaction can be achieved in a cost-efficient manner through creative use of electronic communication. We propose to develop a three-part, web-based program ("WeightConnection") that includes mechanisms for (1) ongoing, patient selfmonitoring and graphical feedback about weight, eating and exercise behavior, (2) individual, electronic consultative advice from a weight counselor and (3) on-line group-based therapy and peer-to-peer communication. Our goals for this intervention are to achieve several benefits of intensive patient-provider interaction that appear to underlie successful weight loss maintenance, including sustained patient motivation, diminished attrition rates, and timely relapse management. Each component of the proposed program is designed to promote these goals by providing personal guidance, educational opportunities and psychological support. We will initially test and refine the WeightConnection program with a small group of patient volunteers recruited from MGH Weight Center patients. Thereafter, we will examine whether this intervention improves the success of a standard group-based program in maintaining weight loss. We will conduct a randomized, controlled study in 30-40 patients, comparing the combination of the WeightConnection program and standard therapy vs. standard
32
Group Therapy
therapy alone. The results of this pilot study, including effects on weight maintenance and patient retention, preliminary subgroup analysis and careful assessment of patient usage and feedback, will be used to design a more definitive study of the efficacy and cost-effectiveness of electronic communication for prevention of recurrent weight gain. Website: http://crisp.cit.nih.gov/crisp/Crisp_Query.Generate_Screen
The National Library of Medicine: PubMed One of the quickest and most comprehensive ways to find academic studies in both English and other languages is to use PubMed, maintained by the National Library of Medicine.3 The advantage of PubMed over previously mentioned sources is that it covers a greater number of domestic and foreign references. It is also free to use. If the publisher has a Web site that offers full text of its journals, PubMed will provide links to that site, as well as to sites offering other related data. User registration, a subscription fee, or some other type of fee may be required to access the full text of articles in some journals. To generate your own bibliography of studies dealing with group therapy, simply go to the PubMed Web site at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed. Type “group therapy” (or synonyms) into the search box, and click “Go.” The following is the type of output you can expect from PubMed for group therapy (hyperlinks lead to article summaries): •
A comparison of social phobia outcome measures in cognitive-behavioral group therapy. Author(s): Cox BJ, Ross L, Swinson RP, Direnfeld DM. Source: Behavior Modification. 1998 July; 22(3): 285-97. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9670801
•
A comparison of the efficacy of clonazepam and cognitive-behavioral group therapy for the treatment of social phobia. Author(s): Otto MW, Pollack MH, Gould RA, Worthington JJ 3rd, McArdle ET, Rosenbaum JF. Source: Journal of Anxiety Disorders. 2000 July-August; 14(4): 345-58. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11043885
•
A critical analysis of prognostic factors for survival in intermediate and high grade non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. Scotland and Newcastle Lymphoma Group Therapy Working Party. Author(s): Hayward RL, Leonard RC, Prescott RJ. Source: British Journal of Cancer. 1991 June; 63(6): 945-52. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2069849
3
PubMed was developed by the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) at the National Library of Medicine (NLM) at the National Institutes of Health (NIH). The PubMed database was developed in conjunction with publishers of biomedical literature as a search tool for accessing literature citations and linking to full-text journal articles at Web sites of participating publishers. Publishers that participate in PubMed supply NLM with their citations electronically prior to or at the time of publication.
Studies
33
•
A group therapy approach to facilitate integration of risk information for women at risk for breast cancer. Author(s): Esplen MJ, Toner B, Hunter J, Glendon G, Butler K, Field B. Source: Canadian Journal of Psychiatry. Revue Canadienne De Psychiatrie. 1998 May; 43(4): 375-80. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9598274
•
A model for group therapy in major obesity using VLCD. Author(s): Cox J, Kreitzman S, Coxon A, Walls J, Rattan S. Source: Int J Obes. 1989; 13 Suppl 2: 197-9. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2613426
•
A relational approach to group therapy for women with bulimia nervosa: moving from understanding to action. Author(s): Tantillo M. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1998 October; 48(4): 477-98. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9766090
•
A review of inpatient group therapy for borderline personality disorder. Author(s): Springer T, Silk KR. Source: Harvard Review of Psychiatry. 1996 January-February; 3(5): 268-78. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9384956
•
A systems model of short-term, open-ended group therapy. Author(s): Beeber AR. Source: Hosp Community Psychiatry. 1988 May; 39(5): 537-42. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3378751
•
A typology of the here-and-now: issues in group therapy. Author(s): Ferencik BM. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1991 April; 41(2): 169-83. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2040542
•
Acting out in group therapy: avoiding authority struggles. Author(s): Silverstein JL. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1997 January; 47(1): 31-45. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9069661
•
Addiction as an attachment disorder: implications for group therapy. Author(s): Flores PJ. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 2001 January; 51(1): 63-81. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11191596
34
Group Therapy
•
Affect management in group therapy for women with posttraumatic stress disorder and histories of childhood sexual abuse. Author(s): Wolfsdorf BA, Zlotnick C. Source: Journal of Clinical Psychology. 2001 February; 57(2): 169-81. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11180145
•
After lean years group therapy making comeback, conference told. Author(s): Swartz J. Source: Cmaj : Canadian Medical Association Journal = Journal De L'association Medicale Canadienne. 1989 February 1; 140(3): 318-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2914245
•
Age analysis of cognitive-behavioral group therapy for chronic pain outpatients. Author(s): Puder RS. Source: Psychology and Aging. 1988 June; 3(2): 204-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3077320
•
An evaluation of short-term group therapy for people with aphasia. Author(s): Brumfitt SM, Sheeran P. Source: Disability and Rehabilitation. 1997 June; 19(6): 221-30. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9195139
•
An evaluation of the effectiveness of group therapy for memory problems. Author(s): Jennett SM, Lincoln NB. Source: Int Disabil Stud. 1991 July-September; 13(3): 83-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1774219
•
An existential model of group therapy for chronic mental conditions. Author(s): Johnson DR. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1997 April; 47(2): 227-50. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9090925
•
An object relations perspective on couples group therapy. Author(s): Feld BG. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1997 July; 47(3): 315-32. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9217345
Studies
35
•
Anger management for adolescents: efficacy of brief group therapy. Author(s): Snyder KV, Kymissis P, Kessler K. Source: Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. 1999 November; 38(11): 1409-16. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10560228
•
Approaches to chemical dependency: chemical dependency and interactive group therapy--a synthesis. Author(s): Matano RA, Yalom ID. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1991 July; 41(3): 269-93. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1885248
•
Behavior contracting and group therapy with preadolescent males in a residential treatment setting. Author(s): Bardill DR. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1972 July; 22(3): 333-42. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5054380
•
Behavioral group therapy with obsessive-compulsives: an overview. Author(s): Fals-Stewart W, Lucente S. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1994 January; 44(1): 35-51. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7910156
•
Behavioral group therapy. Author(s): Kopelowicz A, Liberman RP. Source: Hosp Community Psychiatry. 1994 August; 45(8): 829-30. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7982704
•
Behavioural group therapy: a controlled clinical study. Author(s): Liberman RP. Source: The British Journal of Psychiatry; the Journal of Mental Science. 1971 November; 119(552): 535-44. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4944662
•
Benefits of long-term group therapy for disadvantaged Hispanic outpatients. Author(s): Olarte @SW, Masnik R. Source: Hosp Community Psychiatry. 1985 October; 36(10): 1093-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4054865
36
Group Therapy
•
Better-adjusted peers as resources in group therapy with adolescents. Author(s): Hilgard JR, Staight DC, Moore US. Source: The Journal of Psychology. 1969 September; 73(1): 75-100. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5350238
•
Beyond medications: group therapy for the chronic psychiatric patient. Author(s): Lesser IM, Friedmann CT. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1980 April; 30(2): 187-99. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7390677
•
Body awareness group therapy for patients with personality disorders. 1. Description of the therapeutic method. Author(s): Skatteboe UB, Friis S, Hope MK, Vaglum P. Source: Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics. 1989; 51(1): 11-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2602527
•
Body awareness group therapy for patients with personality disorders. 2. Evaluation of the Body Awareness Rating Scale. Author(s): Friis S, Skatteboe UB, Hope MK, Vaglum P. Source: Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics. 1989; 51(1): 18-24. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2602528
•
Borderline personality disorder and group therapy. Author(s): Nehls N. Source: Archives of Psychiatric Nursing. 1991 June; 5(3): 137-46. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1929562
•
Brief group therapy following myocardial infarction: eighteen-month follow-up of a controlled trial. Author(s): Rahe RH, O'Neil T, Hagan A, Arthur RJ. Source: International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine. 1975; 6(3): 349-58. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1230445
•
Brief group therapy in myocardial infarction rehabilitation: three- to four-year followup of a controlled trial. Author(s): Rahe RH, Ward HW, Hayes V. Source: Psychosomatic Medicine. 1979 May; 41(3): 229-42. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=314119
Studies
37
•
Brief group therapy to facilitate utilization of mental health services by Spanishspeaking patients. Author(s): Normand WC, Iglesias J, Payn S. Source: The American Journal of Orthopsychiatry. 1974 January; 44(1): 37-42. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4809583
•
Brief group therapy with offspring of holocaust survivors: leaders' reactions. Author(s): Fogelman E, Savran B. Source: The American Journal of Orthopsychiatry. 1980 January; 50(1): 96-108. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7356004
•
Case series: brief parent-child group therapy for childhood anxiety disorders using a manual-based cognitive-behavioral technique. Author(s): Toren P, Wolmer L, Rosental B, Eldar S, Koren S, Lask M, Weizman R, Laor N. Source: Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. 2000 October; 39(10): 1309-12. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11026186
•
Change experienced during group therapy by female survivors of childhood sexual abuse. Author(s): Morgan T, Cummings AL. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1999 February; 67(1): 28-36. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10028206
•
Change patterns of borderline patients in individual and group therapy. Author(s): Kretsch R, Goren Y, Wasserman A. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1987 January; 37(1): 95-112. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3557766
•
Charisma in group therapy with recovering substance abusers. Author(s): Woodward B, McGrath M. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1988 April; 38(2): 223-36. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3403113
•
Cognitive behavior group therapy for body dysmorphic disorder: a case series. Author(s): Wilhelm S, Otto MW, Lohr B, Deckersbach T. Source: Behaviour Research and Therapy. 1999 January; 37(1): 71-5. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9922559
38
Group Therapy
•
Cognitive behavioral group therapy and phenelzine both effective in social phobia. Author(s): Thyer BA. Source: The Western Journal of Medicine. 1999 October; 171(4): 240. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10578676
•
Cognitive behavioral group therapy for residents in assisted-living facilities. Author(s): Kaas MJ, Lewis ML. Source: Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services. 1999 October; 37(10): 9-15. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10529958
•
Cognitive behavioral group therapy vs phenelzine therapy for social phobia: 12-week outcome. Author(s): Heimberg RG, Liebowitz MR, Hope DA, Schneier FR, Holt CS, Welkowitz LA, Juster HR, Campeas R, Bruch MA, Cloitre M, Fallon B, Klein DF. Source: Archives of General Psychiatry. 1998 December; 55(12): 1133-41. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9862558
•
Cognitive-behavioral group therapy for irritable bowel syndrome: effects and longterm follow-up. Author(s): van Dulmen AM, Fennis JF, Bleijenberg G. Source: Psychosomatic Medicine. 1996 September-October; 58(5): 508-14. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8902902
•
Cognitive-behavioral group therapy for panic disorder in the general clinical setting: a naturalistic study with 1-year follow-up. Author(s): Martinsen EW, Olsen T, Tonset E, Nyland KE, Aarre TF. Source: The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry. 1998 August; 59(8): 437-42; Quiz 443. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9721829
•
Cognitive-behavioral group therapy for patients with irritable bowel syndrome. Author(s): Toner BB, Segal ZV, Emmott S, Myran D, Ali A, DiGasbarro I, Stuckless N. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1998 April; 48(2): 215-43. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9563239
•
Cognitive-behavioral group therapy for social phobia in female adolescents: results of a pilot study. Author(s): Hayward C, Varady S, Albano AM, Thienemann M, Henderson L, Schatzberg AF. Source: Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. 2000 June; 39(6): 721-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10846306
Studies
39
•
Cognitive-behavioral group therapy in obsessive-compulsive disorder: a randomized clinical trial. Author(s): Volpato Cordioli A, Heldt E, Braga Bochi D, Margis R, Basso de Sousa M, Fonseca Tonello J, Gus Manfro G, Kapczinski F. Source: Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics. 2003 July-August; 72(4): 211-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12792126
•
Cognitive-behavioral group therapy versus phenelzine in social phobia: long-term outcome. Author(s): Liebowitz MR, Heimberg RG, Schneier FR, Hope DA, Davies S, Holt CS, Goetz D, Juster HR, Lin SH, Bruch MA, Marshall RD, Klein DF. Source: Depression and Anxiety. 1999; 10(3): 89-98. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10604081
•
Cognitive-behavioral group therapy with medication for depressed gay men with AIDS or symptomatic HIV infection. Author(s): Lee MR, Cohen L, Hadley SW, Goodwin FK. Source: Psychiatric Services (Washington, D.C.). 1999 July; 50(7): 948-52. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10402618
•
Cognitive-existential group therapy for patients with primary breast cancer-techniques and themes. Author(s): Kissane DW, Bloch S, Miach P, Smith GC, Seddon A, Keks N. Source: Psycho-Oncology. 1997 March; 6(1): 25-33. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9126713
•
Comparison of integrated group therapy and group relaxation training for fibromyalgia. Author(s): Keel PJ, Bodoky C, Gerhard U, Muller W. Source: The Clinical Journal of Pain. 1998 September; 14(3): 232-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9758073
•
Conflict in group therapy of chronic schizophrenics: coping with aggression. Author(s): Hassan S, Cinq-Mars C, Sigman M. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 2000 Spring; 54(2): 243-56. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10928247
•
Confrontation and support in group therapy in the residential treatment of severely disturbed adolescents. Author(s): Siegel LI. Source: Adolescence. 1987 Fall; 22(87): 681-90. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3434391
40
Group Therapy
•
Course design: an integration of didactic and experiential approaches to graduate training of group therapy. Author(s): Feiner SE. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1998 October; 48(4): 439-60. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9766088
•
Dealing with divorce: a group therapy intervention for women. Author(s): Beyers B. Source: Perspectives in Psychiatric Care. 1987-88; 24(3-4): 91-100. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3334278
•
Dealing with resistance in group therapy. Author(s): Kemper BJ. Source: Perspectives in Psychiatric Care. 1994 July-September; 30(3): 31-3. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7862517
•
Developmental group therapy with autistic and other severely psychosocially handicapped adolescents. Author(s): Stengel BE. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1987 July; 37(3): 417-31. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3667016
•
Difficult patients: their construction in group therapy. Author(s): Gans JS, Alonso A. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1998 July; 48(3): 311-26; Discussion 327-45. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9661312
•
Discourse processes and the social organization of group therapy sessions. Author(s): Vandewater SR. Source: Sociology of Health & Illness. 1983 November; 5(3): 275-96. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10265563
•
Dismantling cognitive-behavioral group therapy for social phobia. Author(s): Hope DA, Heimberg RG, Bruch MA. Source: Behaviour Research and Therapy. 1995 July; 33(6): 637-50. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7654156
•
Diversional group therapy: a study of effectiveness. Author(s): Quinney L. Source: Nursing Standard : Official Newspaper of the Royal College of Nursing. 1997 August 13; 11(47): 34-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9355532
Studies
41
•
Does short-term group therapy affect unexplained medical symptoms? Author(s): Harrison S, Watson M, Feinmann C. Source: Journal of Psychosomatic Research. 1997 October; 43(4): 399-404. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9330239
•
Double trauma: a group therapy approach for Vietnam Veterans suffering from war and childhood trauma. Author(s): Goodman M, Weiss D. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1998 January; 48(1): 39-54. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9509768
•
Dreams in group therapy: a review of models. Author(s): Derr DB, Zimpfer DG. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1996 October; 46(4): 501-15. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8898487
•
Dreams in group therapy: a review of the literature. Author(s): Gold VJ. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1973 October; 23(4): 394-407. Review. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4585813
•
Dynamisms in activity discussion group therapy (ADGT). Author(s): Egan MH. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1975 April; 25(2): 199-218. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1132926
•
Effects of a coping-orientated group therapy for schizophrenia and schizoaffective patients: a pilot study. Author(s): Andres K, Pfammatter M, Garst F, Teschner C, Brenner HD. Source: Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica. 2000 April; 101(4): 318-22. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10782553
•
Effects of cognitive and experiential group therapy on self-efficacy and perceptions of employability of chemically dependent women. Author(s): Washington O. Source: Issues in Mental Health Nursing. 1999 May-June; 20(3): 181-98. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10633639
42
Group Therapy
•
Effects of group therapy on chemically dependent women's self-efficacy. Author(s): Washington OG. Source: Journal of Nursing Scholarship : an Official Publication of Sigma Theta Tau International Honor Society of Nursing / Sigma Theta Tau. 2000; 32(4): 347-52. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11140198
•
Effects of group therapy on parents of children with cancer. Author(s): Heiney SP, Wells LM, Ettinger RS, Ettinger S, Cannon B. Source: Journal of Pediatric Oncology Nursing : Official Journal of the Association of Pediatric Oncology Nurses. 1989 July; 6(3): 63-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2604926
•
Effects of structure of marathon group therapy and locus of control of therapeutic outcome. Author(s): Kilmann PR, Howell RJ. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1974 December; 42(6): 912. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4436477
•
Effects of sustained-release bupropion and supportive group therapy on cigarette consumption in patients with schizophrenia. Author(s): Weiner E, Ball MP, Summerfelt A, Gold J, Buchanan RW. Source: The American Journal of Psychiatry. 2001 April; 158(4): 635-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11282701
•
Efficacy of Psychoeducational Group Therapy in reducing symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder among multiply traumatized women. Author(s): Lubin H, Loris M, Burt J, Johnson DR. Source: The American Journal of Psychiatry. 1998 September; 155(9): 1172-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9734538
•
Encouraging participation in aftercare group therapy among substance-dependent men. Author(s): Lash SJ, Dillard W. Source: Psychological Reports. 1996 October; 79(2): 585-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8909084
•
Engagement of preadolescent boys in group therapy: videotape as a tool. Author(s): Mallery B, Navas M. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1982 October; 32(4): 453-67. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7152756
Studies
43
•
Engagement, denial, and treatment progress among sex offenders in group therapy. Author(s): Levenson JS, Macgowan MJ. Source: Sexual Abuse : a Journal of Research and Treatment. 2004 January; 16(1): 49-63. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=15017826
•
Enhancing the health of somatization disorder patients. Effectiveness of short-term group therapy. Author(s): Kashner TM, Rost K, Cohen B, Anderson M, Smith GR Jr. Source: Psychosomatics. 1995 September-October; 36(5): 462-70. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7568654
•
Entitlement and counterentitlement in group therapy. Author(s): Billow RM. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1997 October; 47(4): 459-74. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9314698
•
Evaluation of a short-term group therapy program for children with behavior problems and their parents. Author(s): Hemphill SA, Littlefield L. Source: Behaviour Research and Therapy. 2001 July; 39(7): 823-41. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11419613
•
Evaluation of group therapy: correlations between clients' and observers' assessments. Author(s): Cabral R, Paton A. Source: The British Journal of Psychiatry; the Journal of Mental Science. 1975 May; 126: 475-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1125524
•
Evidence-based medicine hits group therapy. Author(s): Lonergan EC. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 2000 January; 50(1): 105-12. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10646295
•
Experience in developing a combined activity and verbal group therapy program with latency-age boys. Author(s): Dannefer E, Brown R, Epstein N. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1975 July; 25(3): 331-7. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1184255
44
Group Therapy
•
Experiential learning: the development of communication skills in a group therapy setting. Author(s): Ellis R, Watson C. Source: Nurse Education Today. 1987 October; 7(5): 215-21. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3670255
•
Expression of affect as a mediator of the relationship between quality of object relations and group therapy outcome for patients with complicated grief. Author(s): Piper WE, Ogrodniczuk JS, McCallum M, Joyce AS, Rosie JS. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 2003 August; 71(4): 664-71. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12924671
•
Facilitating progress in group therapy by means of the basic human relations laboratory. Author(s): Hurlbert DF, Munoz CJ, Apt C. Source: Social Work. 1991 November; 36(6): 545-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1754931
•
Factors affecting group therapy outcome for adult sexual abuse survivors. Author(s): Hazzard A, Rogers JH, Angert L. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1993 October; 43(4): 453-68. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8244597
•
Family group therapy for children with self-induced seizures. Author(s): Libo SS, Palmer C, Archibald D. Source: The American Journal of Orthopsychiatry. 1971 April; 41(3): 506-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5549920
•
Family group therapy includes social dinner with treatment team. Author(s): Tiver C. Source: Hosp Community Psychiatry. 1973 February; 24(2): 79. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4705594
•
Family therapy and group therapy--similarities and differences. Author(s): Roman M. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1976 July; 26(3): 281-7. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1279052
•
Family therapy, group therapy. Author(s): Bloch DA. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1976 July; 26(3): 289-99. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1279053
Studies
45
•
Fees in group therapy. Author(s): Kadis AL, Winick C. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 1968 January; 22(1): 60-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5754761
•
Food for thought: the use of food in group therapy with children and adolescents. Author(s): Mishna F, Muskat B, Schamess G. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 2002 January; 52(1): 27-47. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11797244
•
Getting the joke: interpreting humor in group therapy. Author(s): McHale M. Source: Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services. 1989 September; 27(9): 24-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2795548
•
Group therapy effective for bipolar disorder. Education-based therapy may help avert relapses. Author(s): Dubovsky SL. Source: Health News. 2003 June; 9(6): 4. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12793397
•
Group therapy for adolescent depressive disorder: a comparison of social skills and therapeutic support. Author(s): Fine S, Forth A, Gilbert M, Haley G. Source: Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. 1991 January; 30(1): 79-85. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2005068
•
Group therapy for anorexic and bulimic patients. Some aspects on the conduction of group therapy and a critical review of some recent studies. Author(s): Rosenvinge JH. Source: Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica. Supplementum. 1990; 361: 38-43. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2291424
•
Group therapy for chronic medical illness: a multidiagnosis group. Author(s): Stuber ML, Sullivan G, Kennon TL, Nobler H. Source: General Hospital Psychiatry. 1988 September; 10(5): 360-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3169534
46
Group Therapy
•
Group therapy for families facing a cancer crisis. Author(s): Whitman HH, Gustafson JP. Source: Oncology Nursing Forum. 1989 July-August; 16(4): 539-43. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2755861
•
Group therapy for gender-dysphoric heterosexual men. Author(s): Stermac L, Blanchard R, Clemmensen LH, Dickey R. Source: Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy. 1991 Winter; 17(4): 252-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1815091
•
Group therapy for incarcerated women who experienced interpersonal violence: a pilot study. Author(s): Bradley RG, Follingstad DR. Source: Journal of Traumatic Stress. 2003 August; 16(4): 337-40. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12895016
•
Group therapy in a general practice setting for frequent attenders: a controlled study of mothers with pre-school children. Author(s): Benson P, Turk T. Source: J R Coll Gen Pract. 1988 December; 38(317): 539-41. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3267741
•
Group therapy techniques for sexually abused preteen girls. Author(s): Berman P. Source: Child Welfare. 1990 May-June; 69(3): 239-52. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2354651
•
Group therapy with adolescent cancer patients. Author(s): Baider L, De-Nour AK. Source: J Adolesc Health Care. 1989 January; 10(1): 35-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2921186
•
Group therapy with demented elderly. Author(s): Krebs-Roubicek EM. Source: Prog Clin Biol Res. 1989; 317: 1261-72. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2690094
•
Group therapy with elderly patients. Author(s): Ba G. Source: Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics. 1991; 56(3): 157-61. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1758959
Studies
47
•
Group therapy with moderately neurologically damaged patients. Author(s): Forssmann-Falck R, Christian FM, O'Shanick G. Source: Health & Social Work. 1989 November; 14(4): 235-43. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2599481
•
Group therapy with mothers of incest victims, Part I: Structure, leader attributes, and countertransference. Author(s): DelPo EG, Koontz MA. Source: Archives of Psychiatric Nursing. 1991 April; 5(2): 64-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2059065
•
Group therapy with mothers of incest victims, Part II: Therapeutic strategies, recurrent themes, interventions, and outcomes. Author(s): DelPo EG, Koontz MA. Source: Archives of Psychiatric Nursing. 1991 April; 5(2): 70-5. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2059066
•
Group therapy with schizophrenic patients in outpatient departments. Author(s): Wode-Helgodt B, Berg G, Petterson U, Rydelius PA, Trollehed H. Source: Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica. 1988 September; 78(3): 304-13. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3057814
•
Group therapy with schizophrenic patients: a short-term, homogeneous approach. Author(s): Kanas N. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1991 January; 41(1): 33-48. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2007530
•
Group therapy with sexually abused boys: leadership, projective identification, and countertransference issues. Author(s): Schacht AJ, Kerlinsky D, Carlson C. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1990 October; 40(4): 401-17. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2228347
•
Group therapy with the antisocial spinal-cord-injured patient. Author(s): Roback HB, Raulston G, Catron D, Dengler S. Source: Journal of Spinal Disorders. 1990 June; 3(2): 183-7. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2134428
48
Group Therapy
•
Healing traumatizing provider interactions among women through short-term group therapy. Author(s): Sorenson DS. Source: Archives of Psychiatric Nursing. 2003 December; 17(6): 259-69. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=14685950
•
Help for rape victims through group therapy. Author(s): Gallese LE, Treuting EG. Source: Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services. 1981 August; 19(8): 20-1. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6916803
•
Helping older children grieve: a group therapy approach. Author(s): Fell M. Source: Health Visit. 1994 March; 67(3): 92-4. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8194973
•
Helping youth with conduct disorders: group therapy for parents. Author(s): Shamsie J. Source: Cmaj : Canadian Medical Association Journal = Journal De L'association Medicale Canadienne. 1994 October 1; 151(7): 921-3. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7922927
•
Holistic group therapy with schizophrenic patients. Author(s): Steiner J. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1979 April; 29(2): 195-210. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=429076
•
Homogeneous group therapy for acutely psychotic schizophrenic inpatients. Author(s): Kanas N, Barr MA. Source: Hosp Community Psychiatry. 1983 March; 34(3): 257-9. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6832730
•
Hope and the inclination to be troublesome: Winnicott and the treatment of character disorder in group therapy. Author(s): Shields W. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 2000 January; 50(1): 87-103. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10646294
Studies
49
•
Hospital takes group therapy to released alcoholics in distant community. Author(s): Hardt HD, Schulze H. Source: Hosp Community Psychiatry. 1973 April; 24(4): 221. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4348274
•
How does co-therapy compare with regular group therapy? Author(s): Rabin HM. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 1967 April; 21(2): 244-55. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6032435
•
How to deal with moral issues in group therapy without being judgmental. Author(s): Nicholas MW. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1993 April; 43(2): 205-21. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8473062
•
Hub Group: an innovative approach to group therapy in a short-term inpatient adolescent unit. Author(s): Beitel A, Everts P, Boile B, Nagel E, Bragdon C, MacKesson B. Source: Adolescence. 1983 Spring; 18(69): 1-15. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6858740
•
Humor and word play in group therapy. Author(s): Rossel RD. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1979 July; 29(3): 407-14. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=541148
•
Hyperactive children and an activity group therapy model. Author(s): Cermak SA, Stein F, Abelson C. Source: Am J Occup Ther. 1973 September; 27(6): 311-5. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4723724
•
Hypnosis compared with group therapy and individual desensitization for dental anxiety. Author(s): Moore R, Abrahamsen R, Brodsgaard I. Source: European Journal of Oral Sciences. 1996 October-December; 104(5-6): 612-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9021334
•
Hypnosis in group therapy. Author(s): Araoz DL. Source: Int J Clin Exp Hypn. 1979 January; 27(1): 1-13. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=396254
50
Group Therapy
•
Identity group therapy: a transitional group for hospitalized adolescents. Author(s): Zabusky GS, Kymissis P. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1983 January; 33(1): 99-109. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6826276
•
Incest perpetrators in group therapy: a psychodynamic perspective. Author(s): Ganzarain R, Buchele BJ. Source: Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic. 1990 Summer; 54(3): 295-310. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2207464
•
Incest. Nursing interventions for group therapy. Author(s): Krach P, Zens D. Source: Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services. 1988 October; 26(10): 32-4. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3193381
•
Increasing adherence to substance abuse aftercare group therapy. Author(s): Lash SJ, Blosser SL. Source: Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment. 1999 January; 16(1): 55-60. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9888122
•
Inpatient and outpatient group therapy for schizophrenic patients. Author(s): Kanas N. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 1985 July; 39(3): 431-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4051060
•
Intensive cognitive-behaviour group therapy for diagnostically heterogeneous groups of patients with psychiatric disorder. Author(s): Manning JJ, Hooke GR, Tannenbaum DA, Blythe TH, Clarke TM. Source: The Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry. 1994 December; 28(4): 667-74. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7794210
•
Interactional group therapy with the adult children of alcoholics. Author(s): Cermak TL, Brown S. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1982 July; 32(3): 375-89. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7129716
•
Interactive psychoeducational group therapy for traumatized women. Author(s): Lubin H, Johnson DR. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1997 July; 47(3): 271-90. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9217343
Studies
51
•
Interactive psychoeducational group therapy in the treatment of authority problems in combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder. Author(s): Lubin H, Johnson DR. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 2000 July; 50(3): 277-96. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10883546
•
Intergenerational group therapy: child survivors of the Holocaust and offspring of survivors. Author(s): Fogelman E. Source: Psychoanalytic Review. 1988 Winter; 75(4): 619-40. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3148957
•
Interpersonal perception in group therapy: a social relations analysis. Author(s): Marcus DK, Holahan W. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1994 August; 62(4): 776-82. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7962881
•
Interpersonal predictors of group therapy outcome for complicated grief. Author(s): Ogrodniczuk JS, Piper WE, McCallum M, Joyce AS, Rosie JS. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 2002 October; 52(4): 511-35. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12375485
•
Interpersonal variables in behavioural group therapy. Author(s): Falloon IR. Source: The British Journal of Medical Psychology. 1981 June; 54(Pt 2): 133-41. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7248206
•
Introduction to special section on group therapy and managed care. Author(s): Budman SH. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1996 July; 46(3): 293-5. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8753148
•
Introduction to special section on termination and group therapy. Author(s): Klein RH. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1996 January; 46(1): 1-4. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8714545
•
Introduction to the special issue on group therapy and substance abuse. Author(s): Brook DW. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 2001 January; 51(1): 5-10. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11191595
52
Group Therapy
•
Introduction to the special section on contemporary relational psychologies and group therapy. Author(s): Wright F. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 2000 April; 50(2): 135-6. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10778008
•
Introduction: three perspectives on psychoanalytic group therapy. Author(s): Rice CA. Source: The American Journal of Psychiatry. 1981 January; 138(1): 63-4. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7446784
•
Involvement of families in group therapy of heroin addicts. Author(s): Clerici M, Garini R, Capitanio C, Zardi L, Carta I, Gori E. Source: Drug and Alcohol Dependence. 1988 July; 21(3): 213-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3168764
•
It's just different in the country: postnatal depression and group therapy in a rural setting. Author(s): Lane B, Roufeil LM, Williams S, Tweedie R. Source: Social Work in Health Care. 2001; 34(3-4): 333-48. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12243432
•
Joining with resistance: addressing reluctance to engage in group therapy training. Author(s): Markus HE, Abernethy AD. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 2001 April; 51(2): 191-204. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11321900
•
King's theory of goal attainment applied in group therapy for inpatient juvenile sexual offenders, maximum security state offenders, and community parolees, using visual aids. Author(s): Laben JK, Dodd D, Sneed L. Source: Issues in Mental Health Nursing. 1991 January-March; 12(1): 51-64. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1988380
•
Language--a bond in group therapy. Author(s): Lange BU. Source: Ana Clin Sess. 1970; : 70-4. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5208906
Studies
53
•
Large and small group therapy in a state mental health center. Author(s): Schiff SB, Glassman SM. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1969 April; 19(2): 150-7. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5767677
•
Leadership in short-term group therapy: manipulation or facilitation? Author(s): Dies RR. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1985 July; 35(3): 435-55. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4030185
•
Leadership techniques in group therapy with chronic schizophrenic patients. Author(s): Jensen JL, McGrew WL. Source: Nursing Research. 1974 September-October; 23(5): 416-20. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4496783
•
Letter: Group therapy. Author(s): Milstone S. Source: Jama : the Journal of the American Medical Association. 1976 June 7; 235(23K0): 2476. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=946661
•
Letter: Questioning time-extended group therapy. Author(s): Illing HA. Source: The American Journal of Psychiatry. 1974 February; 131(2): 231-2. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4809058
•
Level and form of psychopathology and the structure of group therapy. Author(s): Greene LR, Cole MB. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1991 October; 41(4): 499-521. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1938018
•
Long-term changes of body weight and cardiovascular risk factors after weight reduction with group therapy and dexfenfluramine. Author(s): Pfohl M, Luft D, Blomberg I, Schmulling RM. Source: International Journal of Obesity and Related Metabolic Disorders : Journal of the International Association for the Study of Obesity. 1994 June; 18(6): 391-5. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8081430
•
Long-term cognitive-interpersonal group therapy for eating disorders. Author(s): Roth DM, Ross DR. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1988 October; 38(4): 4591-510. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3182144
54
Group Therapy
•
Management of family emotion stress: family group therapy in a private oncology practice. Author(s): Wellisch DK, Mosher MB, Van Scoy C. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1978 April; 28(2): 225-31. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=631955
•
Marathon group therapy with users of illicit drugs: dimensions of social learning. Author(s): Page RC. Source: Int J Addict. 1982 October; 17(7): 1107-15. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7174160
•
Marathon group therapy. Author(s): Martin CV, Banks FM. Source: Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics. 1972; 20(3): 191-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5080516
•
Marital group therapy in the treatment of alcoholism. Author(s): Cadogan DA. Source: Q J Stud Alcohol. 1973 December; 34(4): 1187-94. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4358454
•
Meeting the expectations of chronic tinnitus patients: comparison of a structured group therapy program for tinnitus management with a problem-solving group. Author(s): Wise K, Rief W, Goebel G. Source: Journal of Psychosomatic Research. 1998 June; 44(6): 681-5. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9678749
•
Melanin distribution and sensitivity to group therapy. Author(s): Gary AL, Davis L, Howell T. Source: The Journal of Psychology. 1977 July; 96(2D Half): 315-20. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=886489
•
Minnesota Supreme Court restricts disclosures of group therapy sessions as evidence in child abuse prosecutions. Author(s): Feinwachs D, Kingrey J, Kinney ED. Source: Health Law Vigil. 1984 February 17; 7(4): 4-5. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10264701
Studies
55
•
Modifications of activity group therapy for children. Author(s): Maclennan BW. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1977 January; 27(1): 85-96. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=832933
•
Modified group therapy in the treatment of patients on chronic hemodialysis. Author(s): Hollon TH. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 1972 October; 26(4): 501-10. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5079778
•
Modular group therapy in a community mental health center. Author(s): Elmore JL, Young DM. Source: Psychiatric Services (Washington, D.C.). 1996 December; 47(12): 1390-1. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9117482
•
Mood as in index of psychiatric inpatients' progress in group therapy. Author(s): Lubin B, Whitlock RV, Thieszen K, Leak J. Source: Percept Mot Skills. 1999 April; 88(2): 429-33. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10483634
•
Movable group therapy for institutionalized patients. Author(s): Wynne AR. Source: Hosp Community Psychiatry. 1978 August; 29(8): 516-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=669599
•
Multicouple group therapy of alcoholics. Author(s): Arieli A. Source: Int J Addict. 1981 July; 16(5): 773-82. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7327764
•
Multidisciplinary group therapy for rheumatoid arthritis. Author(s): Schwartz LH, Marcus R, Condon R. Source: Psychosomatics. 1978 May; 19(5): 289-93. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=652936
•
Multifactor group therapy for alcoholics. Author(s): Kanas N. Source: Curr Psychiatr Ther. 1982; 21: 149-54. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7160205
56
Group Therapy
•
Multiple family group therapy with a tri-therapist team. Author(s): Fong JY, Schneider M, Walls-Cooke P. Source: Nurs Clin North Am. 1978 December; 13(4): 685-99. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=252721
•
Multiple family group therapy with developmentally disabled adolescents and young adults. Author(s): Szymanski LS, Kiernan WE. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1983 October; 33(4): 521-34. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6642809
•
Multiple family group therapy: a review of the literature. Author(s): Strelnick AH. Source: Family Process. 1977 September; 16(3): 307-25. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=354639
•
Mural group: integration of projective drawings with standard verbal group therapy techniques. Author(s): Sedlmair M, Sisley EL. Source: Psychological Reports. 1972 October; 31(2): 475-81. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4562950
•
Naltrexone plus group therapy for the treatment of opiate-abusing health-care professionals. Author(s): Roth A, Hogan I, Farren C. Source: Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment. 1997 January-February; 14(1): 19-22. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9218232
•
Narrative group therapy with aging child survivors of the Holocaust. Author(s): Dasberg H, Bartura J, Amit Y. Source: The Israel Journal of Psychiatry and Related Sciences. 2001; 38(1): 27-35. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11381583
•
Nicotine gum assisted group therapy in smokers with an increased risk of coronary disease--evaluation in a primary care setting format. Author(s): Basler HD, Brinkmeier U, Buser K, Gluth G. Source: Health Education Research. 1992 March; 7(1): 87-95. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10148733
Studies
57
•
Nourishing the body through use of process prescriptions in group therapy. Author(s): Laube JJ, Wieland V. Source: The International Journal of Eating Disorders. 1998 July; 24(1): 1-11. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9589307
•
On group therapy developments in context: a Hellenic view. Author(s): Vassiliou GA, Vassiliou VG. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1984 July; 34(3): 377-85. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6490253
•
On implications of small group research in group therapy. Author(s): Kazamias N. Source: Ment Health Soc. 1974; 1(2): 118-21. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4469015
•
On the use of group therapy in non-combat military psychiatry. Author(s): Mester R. Source: J R Army Med Corps. 1987 October; 133(3): 143-5. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3681834
•
One-session group therapy of spider phobia: direct versus indirect treatments. Author(s): Ost LG, Ferebee I, Furmark T. Source: Behaviour Research and Therapy. 1997 August; 35(8): 721-32. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9256515
•
Open group therapy at a university counseling service. Author(s): Hoffman S, Gedanken S, Zim S. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1993 October; 43(4): 485-90. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8244599
•
Open-door group therapy in a community hospital. Author(s): McAllister RJ. Source: Curr Psychiatr Ther. 1967; 7: 162-3. Review. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4867874
•
Operant approaches to group therapy and effects on sociometric status. Author(s): Schofield LJ Jr, Hedlund C, Worland J. Source: Psychological Reports. 1974 August; 35(1): 83-90. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4607571
58
Group Therapy
•
Operant approaches to group therapy in a school for handicapped children. Author(s): Schofield LJ Jr, Wong S. Source: Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology. 1975 August; 17(4): 425-33. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=125669
•
Outpatient group therapy for anorexia nervosa: a preliminary study. Author(s): Fernandez-Aranda F, Bel M, Jimenez S, Vinuales M, Turon J, Vallejo J. Source: Eat Weight Disord. 1998 March; 3(1): 1-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11234249
•
Outpatient group therapy for schizophrenic substance abusers. Author(s): Hellerstein DJ, Meehan B. Source: The American Journal of Psychiatry. 1987 October; 144(10): 1337-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3661769
•
Outpatient group therapy of the poor. Author(s): Beck JC. Source: Curr Psychiatr Ther. 1969; 9: 241-4. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5348930
•
Outpatient group therapy with convicted pedophiles. Author(s): Resnik HL, Peters JJ. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1967 April; 17(2): 151-8. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6041996
•
Outpatient group therapy with geriatric patients. Author(s): Liederman PC, Green R, Liederman VR. Source: Geriatrics. 1967 January; 22(1): 148-53. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4380929
•
Overcoming ageism in long-term care: a solution in group therapy. Author(s): Settin JM. Source: Journal of Gerontological Nursing. 1982 October; 8(10): 565-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6922885
•
Parallel and conjoint short-term group therapy for school-age children and their parents: a model. Author(s): Parmenter G, Smith JC, Cecic NA. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1987 April; 37(2): 239-54. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3610416
Studies
59
•
Parental group therapy in the management of two fatal childhood diseases: a comparison. Author(s): Kornfeld MS, Siegel IM. Source: Health & Social Work. 1980 November; 5(4): 28-34. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7203254
•
Parting gifts: termination rituals in group therapy. Author(s): Shapiro EL, Ginzberg R. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 2002 July; 52(3): 319-36. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12082674
•
Patient satisfaction with two models of group therapy for people hospitalized with bipolar disorder. Author(s): Pollack LE, Cramer RD. Source: Applied Nursing Research : Anr. 1999 August; 12(3): 143-52. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10457625
•
Predictors of response to cognitive-behavioral group therapy for social phobia. Author(s): Chambless DL, Tran GQ, Glass CR. Source: Journal of Anxiety Disorders. 1997 May-June; 11(3): 221-40. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9220298
•
Premature termination of group therapy: a clinical perspective. Author(s): Rice CA. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1996 January; 46(1): 5-23. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8714546
•
Preparation of psychiatric inpatients for group therapy. Author(s): Ernst C, Vanderzyl S, Salinger R. Source: J Psychiatr Nurs Ment Health Serv. 1981 July; 19(7): 28-33. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6267273
•
Principles and techniques for maximizing the effectiveness of group therapy with sex offenders. Author(s): Jennings JL, Sawyer S. Source: Sexual Abuse : a Journal of Research and Treatment. 2003 October; 15(4): 251-67. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=14571532
60
Group Therapy
•
Problem-solving group therapy: two inpatient models based on level of functioning. Author(s): Pollack LE. Source: Issues in Mental Health Nursing. 1991 January-March; 12(1): 65-80. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1988381
•
Process variables mediating change in intensive group therapy training. Author(s): Coche E, Dies RR, Goettelmann K. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1991 July; 41(3): 379-97. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1885254
•
Project Eagle: techniques for multi-family psycho-educational group therapy with gifted American Indian adolescents and their parents. Author(s): Robbins R, Tonemah S, Robbins S. Source: Am Indian Alsk Native Ment Health Res. 2002; 10(3): 56-74. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12378425
•
Prospective matching of alcoholic clients to cognitive-behavioral or interactional group therapy. Author(s): Kadden RM, Litt MD, Cooney NL, Kabela E, Getter H. Source: J Stud Alcohol. 2001 May; 62(3): 359-69. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11414346
•
Psychoanalytic group therapy in clinic and private practice. Author(s): Day M. Source: The American Journal of Psychiatry. 1981 January; 138(1): 64-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7446785
•
Psychoanalytic group therapy in the treatment of severe psychosomatic dysfunctions-experiences since 1981. Author(s): Falck HR. Source: Journal of Psychosomatic Obstetrics and Gynaecology. 1996 December; 17(4): 235-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8997690
•
Psychodrama group therapy for patients with functional gastrointestinal disorders--a controlled long-term follow-up study. Author(s): Arn I, Theorell T, Uvnas-Moberg K, Jonsson CO. Source: Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics. 1989; 51(3): 113-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2636416
Studies
61
•
Psychodynamic group therapy with adolescents: exploration of HIV-related risk taking. Author(s): Henry RM. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1996 April; 46(2): 229-53. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8935764
•
Psychodynamic, time-limited group therapy in rheumatic disease--a controlled study with special reference to alexithymia. Author(s): Poulsen A. Source: Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics. 1991; 56(1-2): 12-23. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1891575
•
Psychodynamic-supportive group therapy model for elderly Holocaust survivors. Author(s): Muller U, Barash-Kishon R. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1998 October; 48(4): 461-75. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9766089
•
Psychological response to long-term group therapy: a randomized trial with metastatic breast cancer patients. Author(s): Edmonds CV, Lockwood GA, Cunningham AJ. Source: Psycho-Oncology. 1999 January-February; 8(1): 74-91. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10202785
•
Randomized trial of group therapy for repeated deliberate self-harm in adolescents. Author(s): Wood A, Trainor G, Rothwell J, Moore A, Harrington R. Source: Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. 2001 November; 40(11): 1246-53. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11699797
•
Randomized trial of trauma-focused group therapy for posttraumatic stress disorder: results from a department of veterans affairs cooperative study. Author(s): Schnurr PP, Friedman MJ, Foy DW, Shea MT, Hsieh FY, Lavori PW, Glynn SM, Wattenberg M, Bernardy NC. Source: Archives of General Psychiatry. 2003 May; 60(5): 481-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12742869
•
Rational-emotive therapy--transactional analysis: similarities and differences of two approaches to group therapy. Author(s): Staton M. Source: Ky Nurse. 1986 November-December; 34(6): 9-16. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3642117
62
Group Therapy
•
Recent developments in gestalt group therapy. Author(s): Harman RL. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1984 July; 34(3): 473-83. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6490257
•
Recovery from sexual assault: an innovative two-stage group therapy model. Author(s): Vandeusen KM, Carr JL. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 2003 April; 53(2): 201-23. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12712589
•
Reduction of trauma symptoms following group therapy. Author(s): Wallis DA. Source: The Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry. 2002 February; 36(1): 6774. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11929440
•
Regression in group therapy: a negative view. Author(s): Weiner MF. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1985 April; 35(2): 209-24. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4008132
•
Reinforcement of cohesiveness in group therapy. Behavioral and personality changes. Author(s): Liberman R. Source: Archives of General Psychiatry. 1971 August; 25(2): 168-77. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4936428
•
Relationship of two process measurement systems for group therapy. Author(s): Roe JE, Edwards KJ. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1978 December; 46(6): 1545-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=730920
•
Relationships among affect, work, and outcome in group therapy for patients with complicated grief. Author(s): Piper WE, Ogrodniczuk JS, Joyce AS, McCallum M, Rosie JS. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 2002; 56(3): 347-61. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12400202
•
Religious-issues group therapy. Author(s): Kehoe NC. Source: New Dir Ment Health Serv. 1998 Winter; (80): 45-55. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9855758
Studies
63
•
Remarks on the communication of psychotic children as seen in group therapy. Author(s): Ben-Aaron M, Jarus A. Source: Ment Health Soc. 1979; 5(3-4): 224-30. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=470610
•
Reminiscence group therapy project. Author(s): Hala MP. Source: Journal of Gerontological Nursing. 1975 July-August; 1(3): 34-41. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1041270
•
Reminiscence group therapy with psychotic geriatric inpatients. Author(s): Lesser J, Lazarus LW, Frankel R, Havasy S. Source: The Gerontologist. 1981 June; 21(3): 291-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7239257
•
Reminiscing in group therapy for self-worth. Author(s): Baker NJ. Source: Journal of Gerontological Nursing. 1985 July; 11(7): 21-4. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3848456
•
Resistance encountered in starting a group therapy program for suicide attempters in varied administrative settings. Author(s): Hackel J, Asimos CT. Source: Suicide & Life-Threatening Behavior. 1980 Summer; 10(2): 100-5. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7385288
•
Resistances encountered in starting a group therapy program for suicide attempters in varied administrative settings. Author(s): Hackel J, Asimos CT. Source: Suicide & Life-Threatening Behavior. 1981 Summer; 11(2): 93-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7256822
•
Resolving incest experiences through inpatient group therapy. Author(s): Urbancic JC. Source: Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services. 1989 September; 27(9): 4-10. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2795550
64
Group Therapy
•
Response to Fenster's "Group therapy as an effective treatment modality for people of color". Author(s): Warner JC. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1997 October; 47(4): 517-20. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9314703
•
Results of group therapy with young drug addicts. Author(s): Zucker AH, Waksman S. Source: The International Journal of Social Psychiatry. 1973 Winter; 18(4): 267-79. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4720842
•
School-based indicated prevention: a randomised trial of group therapy. Author(s): McArdle P, Moseley D, Quibell T, Johnson R, Allen A, Hammal D, leCouteur A. Source: Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, and Allied Disciplines. 2002 September; 43(6): 705-12. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12236606
•
Sexual abuse and group therapy. Author(s): Gilbert CM. Source: Journal of Psychosocial Nursing and Mental Health Services. 1988 May; 26(5): 19-23. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3385674
•
Sexually abused women after multimodal group therapy: a long-term follow-up study. Author(s): Vaa G, Egner R, Sexton H. Source: Nordic Journal of Psychiatry. 2002; 56(3): 215-21. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12079574
•
Sharing stories. Group therapy with elderly depressed women. Author(s): Phoenix E, Irvine Y, Kohr R. Source: Journal of Gerontological Nursing. 1997 April; 23(4): 10-5. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9146179
•
Short-term group therapy for patients with chronic fatigue syndrome. Author(s): Soderberg S, Evengard B. Source: Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics. 2001 March-April; 70(2): 108-11. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11244392
Studies
65
•
Short-term group therapy for stroke patients in a rehabilitation centre. Author(s): Bucher J, Smith E, Gillespie C. Source: The British Journal of Medical Psychology. 1984 September; 57 ( Pt 3): 283-90. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6487561
•
Short-term group therapy with depressed adolescent outpatients. Author(s): Fine S, Gilbert M, Schmidt L, Haley G, Maxwell A, Forth A. Source: Canadian Journal of Psychiatry. Revue Canadienne De Psychiatrie. 1989 March; 34(2): 97-102. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2706611
•
Short-term intensive group therapy for resistant functional disorders. Author(s): Rynearson EK, Melson SJ, Clark RD Jr, Snyder AL. Source: Curr Psychiatr Ther. 1983; 22: 197-205. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6677429
•
Small group therapy and preadolescent same-sex friendship. Author(s): Shechtman Z. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1991 April; 41(2): 227-43. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2040546
•
Social psychology in group therapy practice. Author(s): McMahon B. Source: Nursing Standard : Official Newspaper of the Royal College of Nursing. 1995 October 11-17; 10(3): 29-31. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7577531
•
Social reinforcement of substance abuse aftercare group therapy attendance. Author(s): Lash SJ, Petersen GE, O'Connor EA, Lehmann LP. Source: Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment. 2001 January; 20(1): 3-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11239722
•
Social support as a predictor of response to group therapy for complicated grief. Author(s): Ogrodniczuk JS, Piper WE, Joyce AS, McCallum M, Rosie JS. Source: Psychiatry. 2002 Winter; 65(4): 346-57. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12530338
•
Solution-focused group therapy. Author(s): Nickerson PR. Source: Social Work. 1995 January; 40(1): 132-3. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7863364
66
Group Therapy
•
Some observations on the subjective experience of neophyte group therapy trainees. Author(s): Murphy L, Leszcz M, Collings AK, Salvendy J. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1996 October; 46(4): 543-52. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=8898490
•
Some principles of short-term group therapy. Author(s): Klein RH. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1985 July; 35(3): 309-30. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4030179
•
Spontaneous nonverbal intervention in group therapy. Author(s): Kinseth LM. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1982 July; 32(3): 327-38. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=7129712
•
Structured group therapy for posttraumatic stress disorder in incarcerated male juveniles. Author(s): Ovaert LB, Cashel ML, Sewell KW. Source: The American Journal of Orthopsychiatry. 2003 July; 73(3): 294-301. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12921210
•
Sustained, multimodal outpatient group therapy for chronic psychotic patients. Author(s): Profita J, Carrey N, Klein F. Source: Hosp Community Psychiatry. 1989 September; 40(9): 943-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2793098
•
Team case management of chronically mentally ill veterans: a group therapy approach. Author(s): Malone SB, Workneh F, Butchart J, Clark CM. Source: Nursing Case Management : Managing the Process of Patient Care. 1999 MayJune; 4(3): 158-66. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10476186
•
The concept of elastic boundaries applied to group therapy with veterans over 60 years old. Author(s): Kimmel LH. Source: Archives of Psychiatric Nursing. 1991 April; 5(2): 91-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2059068
Studies
67
•
The dialectical approach in group therapy. Author(s): Hoffman S, Segal S. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1989 July; 39(3): 413-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2767831
•
The dynamics of intimacy in group therapy. Author(s): Kron T, Yungman R. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1987 October; 37(4): 529-48. Review. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3316066
•
The effects of group therapy on adolescents with cancer. Author(s): Heiney SP, Ruffin J, Ettinger RS, Ettinger S. Source: J Assoc Pediatr Oncol Nurses. 1988; 5(3): 20-4. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3418503
•
The effects of group therapy on siblings of pediatric oncology patients. Author(s): Heiney SP, Goon-Johnson K, Ettinger RS, Ettinger S. Source: Journal of Pediatric Oncology Nursing : Official Journal of the Association of Pediatric Oncology Nurses. 1990 July; 7(3): 95-100. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2206479
•
The effects of group therapy on siblings of pediatric oncology patients. Author(s): Heiney SP, Goon-Johnson K, Ettinger RS, Ettinger S. Source: J Assoc Pediatr Oncol Nurses. 1989; 6(2): 17. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2738838
•
The experience of shame and the restoration of self-respect in group therapy. Author(s): Alonso A, Rutan JS. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1988 January; 38(1): 3-27. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3350614
•
The identification of discrete prognostic groups in low grade non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. The Scotland and Newcastle Lymphoma Group Therapy Working Party. Author(s): Leonard RC, Hayward RL, Prescott RJ, Wang JX. Source: Annals of Oncology : Official Journal of the European Society for Medical Oncology / Esmo. 1991 October; 2(9): 655-62. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1742221
68
Group Therapy
•
The impact of group therapy for adult survivors of childhood sexual abuse. Author(s): Carver CM, Stalker C, Stewart E, Abraham B. Source: Canadian Journal of Psychiatry. Revue Canadienne De Psychiatrie. 1989 November; 34(8): 753-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2819638
•
The inpatient borderline adolescent in group therapy. Author(s): Sugar M. Source: Child Psychiatry and Human Development. 1990 Summer; 20(4): 235-41. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2376209
•
The pivotal group member: a study of treatment-destructive resistance in group therapy. Author(s): Dub FS. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1997 July; 47(3): 333-53. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9217346
•
The role of group therapy in the care of persons with AIDS. Author(s): Alfonso CA, Cohen MA. Source: The Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis. 1997 Winter; 25(4): 623-38. Review. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9592366
•
The use of group therapy as a treatment modality for behavioral change following head injury. Author(s): Forssmann-Falck R, Christian FM. Source: Psychiatr Med. 1989; 7(1): 43-50. Review. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2657871
•
Transference paradigms at play in psychoanalytically oriented group therapy with female adult survivors of childhood sexual abuse. Author(s): Frawley-O'Dea MG. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1997 October; 47(4): 427-41. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9314696
•
Trauma-focused group therapy for patients with post-traumatic stress. Author(s): Kanas N. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1999 October; 49(4): 540-3. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10530049
Studies
69
•
Treatment for low-functioning sex offenders: group therapy and interagency coordination. Author(s): Swanson CK, Garwick GB. Source: Mental Retardation. 1990 June; 28(3): 155-61. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2366657
•
Twinship and alter ego selfobject transferences in group therapy with the elderly: a reanalysis of the pairing phenomenon. Author(s): Lothstein LM, Zimet G. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1988 July; 38(3): 303-17. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3182135
•
Use of beta-blocking agents with group therapy in a smoking withdrawal clinic. Author(s): Dow RJ, Fee WM. Source: Journal of the Royal Society of Medicine. 1984 August; 77(8): 648-51. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6384510
•
Use of concrete reinforcement to control content of verbal initiations in group therapy with adolescents. Author(s): Zweback S. Source: Psychological Reports. 1976 June; 38(3 Pt 2): 1051-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=935300
•
Use of concrete reinforcement to facilitate verbal initiations in adolescent group therapy. Author(s): Hauserman N, Zweback S, Plotkin A. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 1972 February; 38(1): 90-6. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5010670
•
Use of patient feedback to improve the quality of group therapy training. Author(s): Roback HB. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1976 April; 26(2): 243-7. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1279051
•
Use of play group therapy in promoting social skills. Author(s): Johnson ML. Source: Issues in Mental Health Nursing. 1988; 9(1): 105-12. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3356543
70
Group Therapy
•
Use of test findings in marital group therapy. Author(s): Berman KK, Boxer L. Source: J Med Soc N J. 1969 November; 66(11): 612-5. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5259912
•
Use of the nursing process to facilitate group therapy. Author(s): Slimmer LW. Source: J Psychiatr Nurs Ment Health Serv. 1978 February; 16(2): 42-4. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=203691
•
Using group therapy to persuade dual-diagnosis patients to seek substance abuse treatment. Author(s): Kofoed L, Keys A. Source: Hosp Community Psychiatry. 1988 November; 39(11): 1209-11. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=3224959
•
Using literature in group therapy. Author(s): Steffens E. Source: Hosp Community Psychiatry. 1970 July; 21(7): 227. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5489407
•
Utilization of nonverbal exercises in the group therapy of outpatient chronic schizophrenics. Author(s): Bowers PF, Banquer M, Bloomfield HH. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1974 January; 24(1): 13-24. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4810408
•
Variations in REM dreaming and the effectiveness of behavior in group therapy. Author(s): Grand S, Freedman N, Jortner S. Source: American Journal of Psychotherapy. 1969 October; 23(4): 667-80. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4311100
•
Verbal participation and group therapy outcome. Author(s): Fielding JM. Source: The British Journal of Psychiatry; the Journal of Mental Science. 1983 May; 142: 524-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=6871567
Studies
71
•
Visualization in cancer group therapy. Author(s): Bartkowiak I. Source: Who Reg Publ Eur Ser. 1992; 44: 312-7. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=1514990
•
Volunteer adolescents in adolescent group therapy. Effects on patients and volunteers. Author(s): Fine S, Knight-Webb G, Breau K. Source: The British Journal of Psychiatry; the Journal of Mental Science. 1976 November; 129: 407-13. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=990652
•
What about us? Group therapy for oncology nurses. Author(s): Yano BS. Source: J Pract Nurs. 1977 March; 27(3): 28-9, 34, 38. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=584793
•
What do trainees learn from a group therapy workshop? Author(s): Wile DB. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1973 April; 23(2): 185-203. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4701533
•
Why group therapy for bulimia? Author(s): Laube JJ. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1990 April; 40(2): 169-87. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=2347673
•
Witnessed group therapy on commercial television. Author(s): Shostrom EL. Source: The American Psychologist. 1968 March; 23(3): 207-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=5643232
•
Women in group therapy. Author(s): Alonso A, Rutan JS. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1979 October; 29(4): 481-91. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=511405
72
Group Therapy
•
Women's safety in recovery: group therapy for patients with a history of childhood sexual abuse. Author(s): Talbot NL, Houghtalen RP, Cyrulik S, Betz A, Barkun M, Duberstein PR, Wynne LC. Source: Psychiatric Services (Washington, D.C.). 1998 February; 49(2): 213-7. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9575007
•
Working with abusive parents. Group therapy and home visits. Author(s): Savino AB, Sanders RW. Source: The American Journal of Nursing. 1973 March; 73(3): 482-4. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=4486133
•
Working with resistance to experiencing and expressing emotions in group therapy. Author(s): Cohen SL. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1997 October; 47(4): 443-58. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9314697
•
Working with spiritual and religious themes in group therapy. Author(s): Jacques JR. Source: Int J Group Psychother. 1998 January; 48(1): 69-83. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=9509770
73
CHAPTER 2. ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE AND GROUP THERAPY Overview In this chapter, we will begin by introducing you to official information sources on complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) relating to group therapy. At the conclusion of this chapter, we will provide additional sources.
National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine The National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine (NCCAM) of the National Institutes of Health (http://nccam.nih.gov/) has created a link to the National Library of Medicine’s databases to facilitate research for articles that specifically relate to group therapy and complementary medicine. To search the database, go to the following Web site: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/nccam/camonpubmed.html. Select “CAM on PubMed.” Enter “group therapy” (or synonyms) into the search box. Click “Go.” The following references provide information on particular aspects of complementary and alternative medicine that are related to group therapy: •
“Between men”: patient perceptions and priorities in a rehabilitation program for men with prostate cancer. Author(s): Berglund G, Petersson LM, Eriksson KR, Haggman M. Source: Patient Education and Counseling. 2003 March; 49(3): 285-92. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12642201
•
“How can they act like that?” Clinicians and patients as characters in each other's stories. Author(s): Frank AW. Source: The Hastings Center Report. 2002 November-December; 32(6): 14-22. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12494860
74
Group Therapy
•
“Languaging” factors affecting clients' acceptance of forgiveness intervention in marital therapy. Author(s): Butler MH, Dahlin SK, Fife ST. Source: J Marital Fam Ther. 2002 July; 28(3): 285-98. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12197152
•
“Picture that”. Introducing elementary school children to nursing. Author(s): Hough J. Source: Imprint. 2003 September-October; 50(4): 71. No Abstract Available. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=14669743
•
“Virtual delivery”: an interactive role play of abnormal labor. Author(s): Wolkomir MS, Beecher AC. Source: Academic Medicine : Journal of the Association of American Medical Colleges. 1996 May; 71(5): 550. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=10676293
•
A 3-year comparison of dental anxiety treatment outcomes: hypnosis, group therapy and individual desensitization vs. no specialist treatment. Author(s): Moore R, Brodsgaard I, Abrahamsen R. Source: European Journal of Oral Sciences. 2002 August; 110(4): 287-95. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12206590
•
Art therapy, psychodrama, and verbal therapy. An integrative model of group therapy in the treatment of adolescents with anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. Author(s): Diamond-Raab L, Orrell-Valente JK. Source: Child Adolesc Psychiatr Clin N Am. 2002 April; 11(2): 343-64. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12109325
•
Breaking through the despair: spiritually oriented group therapy as a means of healing women with severe mental illness. Author(s): Sageman S. Source: J Am Acad Psychoanal Dyn Psychiatry. 2004 Spring; 32(1): 125-41. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=15132194
•
Change in emotion-regulation strategy for women with metastatic breast cancer following supportive-expressive group therapy. Author(s): Giese-Davis J, Koopman C, Butler LD, Classen C, Cordova M, Fobair P, Benson J, Kraemer HC, Spiegel D. Source: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 2002 August; 70(4): 916-25. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12182275
Alternative Medicine 75
•
Effect of group therapy for breast cancer on healthcare utilization. Author(s): Simpson JS, Carlson LE, Trew ME. Source: Cancer Practice. 2001 January-February; 9(1): 19-26. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11879269
•
Effects of psychological group therapy in patients with multiple sclerosis. Author(s): Tesar N, Baumhackl U, Kopp M, Gunther V. Source: Acta Neurologica Scandinavica. 2003 June; 107(6): 394-9. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=12757470
•
Holistic medicine IV: principles of existential holistic group therapy and the holistic process of healing in a group setting. Author(s): Ventegodt S, Andersen NJ, Merrick J. Source: Scientificworldjournal. 2003 December 23; 3: 1388-400. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=14755121
•
Mind matters -- group therapy and survival in breast cancer. Author(s): Spiegel D. Source: The New England Journal of Medicine. 2001 December 13; 345(24): 1767-8. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11742052
•
Palmtop computer-assisted group therapy for social phobia. Author(s): Przeworski A, Newman MG. Source: Journal of Clinical Psychology. 2004 February; 60(2): 179-88. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=14724925
•
Quality of life as medicine III. A qualitative analysis of the effect of a five-day intervention with existential holistic group therapy or a quality of life course as a modern rite of passage. Author(s): Ventegodt S, Clausen B, Langhorn M, Kromann M, Andersen NJ, Merrick J. Source: Scientificworldjournal. 2004 March 04; 4: 124-33. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=15010567
•
Supportive-expressive group therapy and distress in patients with metastatic breast cancer: a randomized clinical intervention trial. Author(s): Classen C, Butler LD, Koopman C, Miller E, DiMiceli S, Giese-Davis J, Fobair P, Carlson RW, Kraemer HC, Spiegel D. Source: Archives of General Psychiatry. 2001 May; 58(5): 494-501. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11343530
•
Supportive-expressive group therapy and life extension of breast cancer patients: Spiegel et al. (1989). Author(s): Spiegel D, Cordova M.
76
Group Therapy
Source: Advances in Mind-Body Medicine. 2001 Winter; 17(1): 38-41. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/query.fcgi?cmd=Retrieve&db=pubmed&dopt=A bstract&list_uids=11270061
Additional Web Resources A number of additional Web sites offer encyclopedic information covering CAM and related topics. The following is a representative sample: •
Alternative Medicine Foundation, Inc.: http://www.herbmed.org/
•
AOL: http://search.aol.com/cat.adp?id=169&layer=&from=subcats
•
Chinese Medicine: http://www.newcenturynutrition.com/
•
drkoop.com: http://www.drkoop.com/InteractiveMedicine/IndexC.html
•
Family Village: http://www.familyvillage.wisc.edu/med_altn.htm
•
Google: http://directory.google.com/Top/Health/Alternative/
•
Healthnotes: http://www.healthnotes.com/
•
MedWebPlus: http://medwebplus.com/subject/Alternative_and_Complementary_Medicine
•
Open Directory Project: http://dmoz.org/Health/Alternative/
•
HealthGate: http://www.tnp.com/
•
WebMDHealth: http://my.webmd.com/drugs_and_herbs
•
WholeHealthMD.com: http://www.wholehealthmd.com/reflib/0,1529,00.html
•
Yahoo.com: http://dir.yahoo.com/Health/Alternative_Medicine/
The following is a specific Web list relating to group therapy; please note that any particular subject below may indicate either a therapeutic use, or a contraindication (potential danger), and does not reflect an official recommendation: •
General Overview Anorexia Nervosa Source: Integrative Medicine Communications; www.drkoop.com Anxiety Source: Healthnotes, Inc.; www.healthnotes.com Breast Cancer Source: Healthnotes, Inc.; www.healthnotes.com Hypochondriasis Source: Integrative Medicine Communications; www.drkoop.com
Alternative Medicine 77
•
Alternative Therapy Pesso Boyden System/psychomotor Alternative names: Pesso System psychomotor therapy Source: The Canoe version of A Dictionary of Alternative-Medicine Methods, by Priorities for Health editor Jack Raso, M.S., R.D. Hyperlink: http://www.canoe.ca/AltmedDictionary/p.html
General References A good place to find general background information on CAM is the National Library of Medicine. It has prepared within the MEDLINEplus system an information topic page dedicated to complementary and alternative medicine. To access this page, go to the MEDLINEplus site at http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/alternativemedicine.html. This Web site provides a general overview of various topics and can lead to a number of general sources.
79
CHAPTER 3. DISSERTATIONS ON GROUP THERAPY Overview In this chapter, we will give you a bibliography on recent dissertations relating to group therapy. We will also provide you with information on how to use the Internet to stay current on dissertations. IMPORTANT NOTE: When following the search strategy described below, you may discover non-medical dissertations that use the generic term “group therapy” (or a synonym) in their titles. To accurately reflect the results that you might find while conducting research on group therapy, we have not necessarily excluded non-medical dissertations in this bibliography.
Dissertations on Group Therapy ProQuest Digital Dissertations, the largest archive of academic dissertations available, is located at the following Web address: http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations. From this archive, we have compiled the following list covering dissertations devoted to group therapy. You will see that the information provided includes the dissertation’s title, its author, and the institution with which the author is associated. The following covers recent dissertations found when using this search procedure: •
A COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGICAL GROUP THERAPY APPROACH TO COUNSELING OF MALE ADOLESCENTS IN A RESIDENTIAL TREATMENT FACILITY by LENZ, ELDON ALBERT, EDD from UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH DAKOTA, 1987, 167 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8809586
•
A comparison of cognitive group therapy to life review group therapy with older adults by Weiss, Jules Cary, EdD from WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY, 1993, 251 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9410232
•
A COMPARISON OF EFFECTIVENESS OF GROUP ASSERTIVE TRAINING AND SELF-ESTEEM ENHANCEMENT GROUP THERAPY IN DECREASING ANXIETY, DEPRESSION AND AGGRESSION WHILE CONCURRENTLY INCREASING ASSERTIVENESS AND SELF-ESTEEM by MARTINEZ, MANUEL, PHD from UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AT BOULDER, 1981, 152 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8200805
80
Group Therapy
•
A COMPARISON OF INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP THERAPY ON SELF-CONCEPT AND DEPRESSION OF PATIENTS WITH SPINAL CORD INJURY. by RIGGIN, ONA ZIEHLI, EDD from MEMPHIS STATE UNIVERSITY, 1976, 149 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7629243
•
A COMPARISON OF RET GROUP THERAPY, RET GROUP THERAPY WITH BIBLIOTHERAPY, AND BIBLIOTHERAPY ONLY TREATMENTS by SALTZBERG, LESTER HOWARD, PHD from TEXAS A&M UNIVERSITY, 1980, 83 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8101641
•
A comparison of selection of curative factors in group therapy by borderline personality disorder and non-borderline personality disorder inpatients by Jeziorski, Joseph C., PhD from SAINT LOUIS UNIVERSITY, 1993, 198 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9416833
•
A COMPARISON OF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF GROUP THERAPY ON DIVORCE ADJUSTMENT AND DEPRESSION FOR SEPARATED AND DIVORCED PERSONS by BARLOW, LARRY OLIVER, PHD from THE FLORIDA STATE UNIVERSITY, 1982, 194 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8229144
•
A COMPARISON OF THE EFFECTS OF COMMITMENT-ACTION GROUP THERAPY WITH TWO OTHER WEIGHT REDUCTION PROGRAMS AND A NOTREATMENT CONTROL GROUP ON OBESE UNIVERSITY FEMALES by RASMUSSEN, DELLA MAE IVINS, EDD from BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY, 1968, 168 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/6814617
•
A COMPARISON OF THE EFFECTS OF VISUAL SENSORY COMMITMENTACTION GROUP THERAPY WITH COMMITMENT-ACTION GROUP THERAPY ONLY AND NO-TREATMENT CONTROL GROUP OF OBESE UNIVERSITY FEMALES by BAILEY, WILLIAM LEE, PHD from BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY, 1971, 106 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7201737
•
A group therapy project within the pastor-parish setting by Almeida, Kenneth Andrew, DMin from LANCASTER THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1988, 139 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9015219
•
A qualitative analysis of the group therapy process as perceived by adolescent clients by Rezutek, Paul Edward, MA from THE UNIVERSITY OF MANITOBA (CANADA), 2003, 95 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/MQ80007
•
A rational group therapy approach to counseling anxious underachievers by Sharma, Kundan L; ADVDEG from UNIVERSITY OF ALBERTA (CANADA), 1970 http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/NK06757
•
A study of cognitive and behavior modification techniques in short term after care (continuing care) group therapy with cocaine crack addicts in the prevention of relapse by Dickerson, Leon, PhD from NEW YORK UNIVERSITY, 1994, 139 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9502372
•
A study of locus of control and the effectiveness of cognitive-behavioral group therapy in the treatment of persons with panic disorder by Mitchell, Christopher Gerard, DSW from THE CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA, 1997, 135 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9728797
Dissertations 81
•
A STUDY OF THE EFFECTS OF GROUP THERAPY ON THE ANXIETY AND SELFCONCEPT OF ADOLESCENTS WITH BEHAVIOR DISORDERS. by SILBERMAN, ALLEN, EDD from UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH DAKOTA, 1974, 124 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7514328
•
A STUDY OF THE EFFECTS OF PARAPROFESSIONALLY CONDUCTED GROUP THERAPY ON THE SELF-CONCEPT OF DIVORCED OR SEPARATED PERSONS. by GILLEN, FRANCES CAROLINE, EDD from UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH DAKOTA, 1976, 74 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7703442
•
A study of the relationship between specific predictor variables and level of hope as measured by the Adult State Hope Scale in group therapy clients at the Baptist Marriage and Family Counseling Center by Cockrell, Brandon Tate, PhD from SOUTHWESTERN BAPTIST THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 2003, 140 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3108659
•
ADOLESCENT WOMEN AT RISK: GROUP THERAPY FOR INCREASING SELFESTEEM by SCHROEDER, ELAINE DIANE, PHD from UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON, 1983, 175 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8319457
•
ALCOHOLISM: GROUP THERAPY AND FOUR PSYCHOLOGICAL FACTORS OF DOMINANCE, SOCIALIZATION, RESPONSIBILITY AND SELF-ACCEPTANCE by PIGNATO, SALVATORE ANTHONY, EDD from THE GEORGE WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY, 1981, 185 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8129880
•
An evaluation of a family group therapy program for domestically violent adolescents by Rybski, Nancy Carole, PhD from THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA, 1998, 206 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9901672
•
Behavioral group therapy on depressed inpatient elderly: A comparative study by Kuharek, Jack Martin, PhD from UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH FLORIDA, 1990, 62 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9115886
•
Cognitive group therapy and exercise in the treatment of anxiety and stress by McEntee, Derek Jones, PhD from UNIVERSITY OF MASSACHUSETTS AMHERST, 1995, 115 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9541134
•
COMPARISON OF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF ROLE-PLAYING AND GROUP THERAPY IN TEACHING SOCIAL SKILLS TO SEVERELY EMOTIONALLY HANDICAPPED STUDENTS (EMOTIONALLY DISTURBED, BEHAVIOR DISORDERS, EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN) by SMEAK, ISOLDE ESTHER, EDD from UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH CAROLINA, 1985, 122 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8518052
•
Data visualization: Graphical representation in the evaluation of experiential group therapy education outcomes by Basham, Randall Eugene, PhD from THE UNIVERSITY OF TENNESSEE, 2002, 486 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3086821
82
Group Therapy
•
DEPRESSION IN YOUNG AND OLD ADULTS: THE RELATIVE EFFICACY OF COGNITIVE VERSUS BEHAVIORAL GROUP THERAPY INTERVENTIONS by GROSSMAN-MORRIS, CHERYL FERN, PHD from STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK AT BUFFALO, 1986, 239 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8629069
•
Differences in cohesion, symptom distress, and client satisfaction in two types of group therapy interventions by Piassick, Emily Abend, PhD from THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS AT AUSTIN, 2002, 144 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3106582
•
EFFECTS OF GROUP THERAPY ON ADOLESCENTS EXPERIENCING PARENTAL ABSENCE DUE TO DIVORCE OR MARITAL SEPARATION by SMITH, V. LAURA, PHD from UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI - KANSAS CITY, 1980, 93 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8019150
•
EFFECTS OF MULTIPLE FAMILY SUPPORT GROUP THERAPY ON MEASURES OF ADAPTABILITY, COHESION, FAMILY STRENGTHS, AND COPING STRATEGIES FOR FAMILIES WITH A PSYCHIATRICALLY HOSPITALIZED CHILD by SIEGEL, GLORIA SHUBOW, PHD from THE UNIVERSITY OF MISSISSIPPI, 1987, 129 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8714285
•
EVALUATION AND OUTCOME OF A BRIEF GROUP THERAPY PROGRAM FOR A LIMITED PSYCHIATRIC INPATIENT POPULATION. by RHEA, MILTON SLATER, PHD from THE UNIVERSITY OF UTAH, 1977, 206 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7729591
•
Faith supportive group therapy and symptom reduction in Christian breast cancer patients by Scott, Stacey Yvonne, PsyD from REGENT UNIVERSITY, 2003, 132 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3075442
•
REMINISCENCE GROUP THERAPY WITH OLDER PERSONS: A FIELD EXPERIMENT by PARSONS, WILLIAM ARTHUR, JR., PHD from UNIVERSITY OF FLORIDA, 1983, 157 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8415147
•
Symptomatology of bereaved parents who have lost a child to cancer: A 6-week group therapy intervention by Dawson, Wendy Wyone, PhD from FULLER THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, SCHOOL OF PSYCHOLOGY, 2003, 153 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3085520
•
The contribution of group therapy to the successful completion of probation for adult substance abusers by Wagoner, Joyce Lee, PhD from THE UNIVERSITY OF TOLEDO, 1992, 141 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9220873
•
THE DIFFERENTIAL EFFECT OF A VOCATIONAL TRAINING PROGRAM AND A GROUP THERAPY PROGRAM ON THE FREQUENCY OF MISCONDUCT OF INMATES IN A STATE CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTION. by REED, WILLIAM HOUSTON, PHD from UNIVERSITY OF PITTSBURGH, 1977, 129 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7809603
•
The effect of school-based cognitive behavioral group therapy with a specific component of socialization, and self esteem, on the self-esteem of ADHD children by Cohen, Simcha Y., PsyD from PACE UNIVERSITY, 1999, 78 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9912479
Dissertations 83
•
The effect of transpersonal and interpersonal group therapy upon the self-concept of recovering alcoholics and addicts by McIntosh, John Bernard, DEd from INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, 1989, 92 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9022236
•
THE EFFECTIVENESS OF GROUP THERAPY IN CHANGING FAMILY ROLE PATTERNS TOWARDS DISABLED MEMBERS by THAMES, MARVIN E., PHD from THE LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY AND AGRICULTURAL AND MECHANICAL COL., 1970, 153 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7018566
•
THE EFFECTS OF DIDACTIC GROUP THERAPY ON THE SELF-ESTEEM OF POTENTIAL SCHOOL DROPOUTS. by STEVENS, WILLIAM DOYLE, PHD from SOUTHERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY AT CARBONDALE, 1974, 131 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7513252
•
The effects of group therapy and exercise on depression and self-esteem in college students by Case, Scott C., PhD from LEHIGH UNIVERSITY, 2003, 83 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/3086935
•
THE EFFECTS OF GROUP THERAPY ON ANXIETY, SOMATIC SYMPTOMS, AND MARITAL COMMUNICATION AMONG PRIMIPAROUS MARRIED COUPLES by COVERT, ANDREA HELEN, PHD from UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, 1980 http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/f1019174
•
The effects of group therapy on the affective states, social distance, interpersonal locus of control, life satisfaction, and ward behaviour among the institutionalized aged by Nashef, Ahmad; PhD from UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO (CANADA), 1980 http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/NK47131
•
THE EFFECTS OF INTENSIVE, SHORT-TERM TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS TRAINING AND GROUP THERAPY ON AFFECTIVE STATES AND LOCUS-OFCONTROL WITH ADULT MALE OFFENDERS. by STASIW, JOHN RICHARD, PHD from UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA, 1977, 143 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7730515
•
THE EFFECTS OF STRUCTURED GROUP THERAPY AND ASSERTION TRAINING ON A FEMALE ALCOHOLIC POPULATION by SCHWEIGLER, JERI LOU, EDD from UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, 1981 http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/f475686
•
THE EFFECTS OF SYSTEMATIC DESENSITIZATION GROUP THERAPY ON LEARNED HELPLESSNESS TENDENCIES by ABRAHAM, SAMUEL THARMALETHE, EDD from UNIVERSITY OF SOUTH DAKOTA, 1981, 282 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8124011
•
THE EFFECTS OF VIDEOTAPE RECORDING AS AN EXTENSION OF GROUP THERAPY WITH CHILDREN WHO HAVE LEARNING DISABILITIES by RICHARDSON, ELIZABETH ANN MCCUISTION, PHD from UNIVERSITY OF MISSOURI - KANSAS CITY, 1972, 105 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7319728
•
The efficacy of cognitive-behavioural group therapy for loneliness via inter-relay-chat among people with physical disabilities by Hopps, Sandra Lynn, PhD from UNIVERSITE LAVAL (CANADA), 2003, 295 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/NQ80228
84
Group Therapy
•
The experience and benefits of Reiki as a complement to group therapy for mothers healing from child sexual abuse by Magnuson, Marilyn Joanne, MSW from THE UNIVERSITY OF REGINA (CANADA), 2003, 184 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/MQ82630
•
The impact of Gestalt group therapy on persons with borderline personality disorder by Schoenberg, Paul, PhD from KENT STATE UNIVERSITY, 1999, 465 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/9939729
•
The impact of long-term group therapy on adult female survivors of childhood sexual abuse by Bautz, Gabriele, EdD from UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO (CANADA), 1997, 258 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/NQ28110
•
THE IMPACT OF SHORT-TERM PARTICIPATION IN A NON-TRADITIONAL ACTIVITY GROUP THERAPY PROGRAM ON SELECTED DEVELOPMENTAL VARIABLES IN BOYS, AGES 7-11 by ROSENE, DEBORAH KAY, PHD from BOSTON COLLEGE, 1987, 130 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8705501
•
THE SOCIAL ORGANIZATION OF GROUP THERAPY SESSIONS: AN ANALYSIS OF CLIENT-THERAPIST INTERACTION IN A COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH CENTER by VANDEWATER, STEVEN ROBERT, PHD from INDIANA UNIVERSITY, 1981, 229 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8202988
•
THE USE OF COGNITIVE STRUCTURING AND VERBAL REINFORCEMENT OF POSITIVE SELF-REFERENCE STATEMENTS WITHIN A SHORT TERM GROUP THERAPY SESSION TO ENHANCE SELF-CONCEPT by ALLEN, HARRY ALBERT, JR., EDD from UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS, 1971, 124 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7119532
•
THE USE OF SELECTED PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS IN DETERMINING TREATMENT OUTCOME AND GROUP THERAPY BEHAVIOR WITH SEX OFFENDERS. by WERT, PAUL MICHAEL, PHD from WASHINGTON STATE UNIVERSITY, 1978, 75 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/7811923
•
TREATING THE FAMILY-SCHOOL INTERFACE: MULTIPLE FAMILY GROUP THERAPY WITH HIGH RISK CHILDREN by ABRAHAMS, GEORGE, PHD from THE UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN - MADISON, 1983, 194 pages http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations/fullcit/8323037
Keeping Current Ask the medical librarian at your library if it has full and unlimited access to the ProQuest Digital Dissertations database. From the library, you should be able to do more complete searches via http://wwwlib.umi.com/dissertations.
85
CHAPTER 4. BOOKS ON GROUP THERAPY Overview This chapter provides bibliographic book references relating to group therapy. In addition to online booksellers such as www.amazon.com and www.bn.com, excellent sources for book titles on group therapy include the Combined Health Information Database and the National Library of Medicine. Your local medical library also may have these titles available for loan.
Book Summaries: Federal Agencies The Combined Health Information Database collects various book abstracts from a variety of healthcare institutions and federal agencies. To access these summaries, go directly to the following hyperlink: http://chid.nih.gov/detail/detail.html. You will need to use the “Detailed Search” option. To find book summaries, use the drop boxes at the bottom of the search page where “You may refine your search by.” Select the dates and language you prefer. For the format option, select “Monograph/Book.” Now type “group therapy” (or synonyms) into the “For these words:” box. You should check back periodically with this database which is updated every three months. The following is a typical result when searching for books on group therapy: •
Mental Health in the Nursing Home Source: Binghamton, NY: Haworth Press. 1990. 226 p. Contact: Available from Haworth Press. 10 Alice Street, Binghamton, NY 13904-1580. (607) 722-5857 or (800) 342-9678. PRICE: $29.95. ISBN: 01560240105 (cloth); 01560240113 (paper). Summary: This book focuses on the mental health of residents in nursing homes or other long-term care facilities. Section One covers how to help patients and their families. Chapters include easing the transition to nursing homes, evaluating the functions of daily living of patients with Alzheimer's disease or other dementias, special treatment units for patients with Alzheimer's disease, reducing excess disabilities, and generalized effects of skills training among older adults. Section Two covers group therapy in the nursing home. The chapters in this section discuss the organizational logistics of
86
Group Therapy
running a dementia group, organizing group programs, empowering residents, and building a therapeutic community through specialized groups. •
Emerging Trends in Psychological Practice in Long-Term Care Source: Binghamton, NY: The Haworth Press, Inc. 2002. 303 p. (co- published simultaneously as Clinical Gerontologist. 25(1-2-3-4): 1-303 p. 2002). Contact: Haworth Press, Inc., 10 Alice Street, Binghamton, NY 13904-1580. (800) 4296784. E-mail:
[email protected]. Website: www.haworthpress.com. ISBN: 078902005X (paperback); 0789020041 (hard cover). PRICE: $39.96 (paperback); $69.95 (hard cover). Summary: This book summarizes emerging practices for psychologists in long-term care (LTC). The first section reviews modifications of traditional psychotherapy techniques for elderly clients. It includes papers on group therapy in LTC sites, R-E-M psychotherapy for residents with dementia and depression, the use of positive core memories in LTC, and strategies for the management of disruptive behaviors. The second section addresses multidisciplinary issues and systemic interventions in LTC mental health services. Topics include family therapy, pleasant-event based behavioral treatment for depression, differences in staff and resident perceptions of the LTC environment, the team approach to treating depression in dementia, and training issues in LTC facilities. The third section explores ethical issues in LTC, including legal and ethical aspects of informed consent and challenges in protecting the confidentiality of clients in a multidisciplinary practice setting.
•
Stuttering: Treatment of the Young Stutterer in the School Source: Memphis, TN: Stuttering Foundation of America. 1995. 64 p. Contact: Available from Stuttering Foundation of America. P.O. Box 11749, Memphis, TN 38111-0749. (800) 992-9392. PRICE: $2.00 plus shipping and handling. Publication number 4. Summary: This booklet is a reprint of the original report of a conference held in 1963. It is written for public school clinicians who have to wrestle with the baffling problem of stuttering. A group of speech pathologists were asked what specific problems they had encountered in working with elementary school children who stutter, and what questions they wanted answered in relation to their work. The editor of this 1995 edition of the report notes that the information is still relevant and has been reprinted because of numerous requests for it. After a representative letter from a public school clinician, the booklet poses and answers commonly asked questions. These questions cover the needs and intention of the booklet; how stuttering in children differs from that in adults; how therapy for stuttering in children differs from that for adults; the basic qualifications of the therapist; how to recognize children for whom stuttering is a problem; prevention considerations; how to tell whether or not to work with parents, and how to keep parents apprised of ongoing therapy; how regular classroom teachers can cooperate effectively with the speech therapy program; how to motivate children to participate in therapy and to continue working toward stated goals; how to establish the goals of therapy; how to structure the first meeting; ongoing strategies of therapeutic interaction; the emotions that may be associated with therapy, including fear, selfconfidence, and self-esteem; indications of improvement; the termination of therapy; and group therapy with children who stutter. The booklet concludes with a list of strategies for parents. The names and affiliations of the original conference participants
Books
87
are also provided. The booklet is illustrated with black and white photographs of children. •
M.D. Anderson Hospital and Tumor Institute Source: AIDS: Public Policy Dimensions, Based on the Proceedings of the Conference Held January 16 and 17, 1986. Contact: United Hospital Fund of New York, Empire State Bldg, 350 5th Ave 23rd Fl, New York, NY, 10118-2399, (212) 494-0700, http://www.uhfnyc.org. Summary: This chapter is based on proceedings of a conference held January 16-17, 1986 by the United Hospital Fund of New York and the Institute for Health Policy Studies. The treatment of Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) patients at the M. D. Anderson Hospital and Tumor Institute, a State cancer facility in Houston, TX is described. Treatment emphasis is on providing outpatient or ambulatory care and extended and long-term care for patients in their homes, and relatively short impatient stays. In addition to medical treatment, the hospital offers discharge planning, neuropsychiatric consultation, dietary counseling, and group therapy. Care of AIDS patients has presented several problems related to use of intensive care, informed consent, the availability of experimental drugs, financial problems, and caregiver burnout. A reference is included.
•
State of Oregon HIV/AIDS Resource Guide Contact: Oregon Department of Human Services, Health Division, Center for Disease Prevention and Epidemiology, HIV/STD/TB Program, PO Box 14450, Portland, OR, 97214-0450, (503) 731-4029, http://www.ohd.hr.state.or.us/hiv/welcome.htm. Summary: This directory of Oregon resources related to Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) is broken down into one section of statewide resources and six sections of regional resources. Entries include name of organization, address, telephone number, hours, and other information. Within these sections, services are indexed under the following topics: Adult foster care, alcohol and drug programs, assisted living arrangements, attendant care, case management, chiropractic care, crisis intervention, dental care, financial assistance, food assistance, group therapy, health enhancement, therapeutic care, Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) counseling and testing, risk reduction, hospice, housekeeping, housing assistance, individual therapy, information and referral, inpatient care, intermediate care, legal assistance, naturopathic care, nutritional and dietary programs, one-to-one support, oriental practices, outpatient care, personal care, psychological testing and evaluation, public assistance, residential care, respite care, skilled nursing, spiritual guidance, support groups, swing-bed service, homeless shelter, transportation assistance, and volunteer opportunities.
Book Summaries: Online Booksellers Commercial Internet-based booksellers, such as Amazon.com and Barnes&Noble.com, offer summaries which have been supplied by each title’s publisher. Some summaries also include customer reviews. Your local bookseller may have access to in-house and commercial databases that index all published books (e.g. Books in Print). IMPORTANT NOTE: Online booksellers typically produce search results for medical and non-medical books. When searching for “group therapy” at online booksellers’ Web sites, you may discover non-medical books that use the generic term “group therapy” (or a synonym) in
88
Group Therapy
their titles. The following is indicative of the results you might find when searching for “group therapy” (sorted alphabetically by title; follow the hyperlink to view more details at Amazon.com): •
A First Course in Group Therapy (Applied Mathematical Sciences) by C.F. Gardiner; ISBN: 0387905456; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0387905456/icongroupinterna
•
A Group Member's Guide to Brief Strategic Group Therapy: Problem-Solving, Making Group Therapy Work for You by Gorski Terence T.; ISBN: 0830907335; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0830907335/icongroupinterna
•
Active Analytic Group Therapy for Adolescents (International Library of Group Analysis (Hardcover)) by John Evans; ISBN: 1853026158; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1853026158/icongroupinterna
•
Activities for Adolescents in Therapy: A Handbook of Facilitating Guidelines and Planning Ideas for Group Therapy With Troubled Adolescents by Susan T. Dennison; ISBN: 0398068070; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0398068070/icongroupinterna
•
Addiction and the Vulnerable Self: Modified Dynamic Group Therapy for Substance Abusers by Edward J. Khantzian, et al; ISBN: 0898621720; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0898621720/icongroupinterna
•
AIDS TRAUMA AND SUPPORT GROUP THERAPY : MUTUAL AID, EMPOWERMENT, CONNECTION by Martha A. Gabriel; ISBN: 0684827867; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0684827867/icongroupinterna
•
Basic Aspects of Psychoanalytic and Group Therapy (International Library of Group Psychotherapy and Group Process) by Peter Kutter; ISBN: 071009244X; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/071009244X/icongroupinterna
•
Behavioral Group Therapy Nineteen Hundred and Eighty-One by Dennis Upper; ISBN: 0878222561; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0878222561/icongroupinterna
•
Breaking the Silence: Group Therapy for Childhood Sexual Abuse : A Practitioner's Manual by Judith A. Margolin; ISBN: 0789002000; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0789002000/icongroupinterna
•
Brief Group Therapy Homework Planner (Atlas of Polymer 3rd Edition) by Louis J. Bevilacqua; ISBN: 0471436038; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0471436038/icongroupinterna
•
Brief Strategic Problem-Solving Group Therapy: A Group Leader's Guide to Making Group Therapy Work in the Managed Care Environment by Terence T. Gorski; ISBN: 0830907165; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0830907165/icongroupinterna
•
Cognitive-Behavioral Group Therapy for Social Phobia: Basic Mechanisms and Clinical Strategies by Richard G. Heimberg, Robert E. Becker; ISBN: 1572307706; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1572307706/icongroupinterna
•
Cognitive-Behavioral Group Therapy for Specific Problems and Populations by John R. White, Arthur S. Freeman; ISBN: 1557986908; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1557986908/icongroupinterna
Books
89
•
Combining Individual and Group Therapy (The Master Work Series) by Judith Caligor; ISBN: 1568211694; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1568211694/icongroupinterna
•
Conducting Group Therapy With Addicts: A Guidebook for Professionals by Ivan R. Elder; ISBN: 083063567X; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/083063567X/icongroupinterna
•
Creating Contact, Choosing Relationship: The Dynamics of Unstructured Group Therapy (Jossey Bass Social and Behavioral Science Series) by Richard C. Page, Daniel N. Baekow; ISBN: 1555426549; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1555426549/icongroupinterna
•
Creative Group Therapy for Women Survivors of Child Sexual Abuse: Speaking the Unspeakable by Bonnie Meekums; ISBN: 1853024538; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1853024538/icongroupinterna
•
Effective Use of Group Therapy in Managed Care (Clinical Practice) by K. Roy MacKenzie; ISBN: 0880484926; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0880484926/icongroupinterna
•
Emphasizing the Interpersonal in Psychotherapy: Family and Group Therapy in the Age of Managed Care by Claude Villeneuve; ISBN: 1583913149; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1583913149/icongroupinterna
•
Ending the Cycle of Abuse: The Stories of Women Abused As Children and the Group Therapy Techniques That Helped Them Heal by Philip G. Ney, Anna Peters; ISBN: 0876307527; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0876307527/icongroupinterna
•
Essentials of Group Therapy (Essentials of Mental Health Practice) by Virginia Brabender, et al; ISBN: 0471244392; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0471244392/icongroupinterna
•
Gestating Addiction: The Addiction-Focused Group Therapy of Dr. Richard Louis Miller (Frontiers in Psychotherapy) by Angela Browne-Miller; ISBN: 0893919047; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0893919047/icongroupinterna
•
Handbook of Behavioral Group Therapy (Applied Clinical Psychology) by Dennis Upper, Steven M. Ross; ISBN: 0306419890; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0306419890/icongroupinterna
•
Individual and Group Therapy and Work With Parents in Adolescent Psychotherapy (Gardner, Richard a. Psychotherapy With Adolescents, V. 2.) by Richard A. Gardner; ISBN: 076570207X; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/076570207X/icongroupinterna
•
Introduction to Group Therapy (Art S.) by Virginia Brabender; ISBN: 0471378895; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0471378895/icongroupinterna
•
Introduction to Group Therapy Instructor's Manual by Brabender; ISBN: 0471297097; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0471297097/icongroupinterna
•
Making connections: A group therapy program for Filipino autistic children and their families by Maria Lourdes Arellano- Carandang; ISBN: 9715500625; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/9715500625/icongroupinterna
•
Models of group therapy and sensitivity training (Prentice-Hall series in personal, clinical, and social psychology) by John B. P Shaffer; ISBN: 0135860814; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0135860814/icongroupinterna
90
Group Therapy
•
Psychology and Mental Health: Group Therapy - Type a Behavior Pattern (Magill's Choice) by Jaclyn Rodriguez, Tracy Irons-Georges; ISBN: 0893560685; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0893560685/icongroupinterna
•
Residential Group Therapy for Children (Residential Social Work) by Daphne Lennox; ISBN: 0422775509; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0422775509/icongroupinterna
•
SOLUTION FOCUSED GROUP THERAPY : IDEAS FOR GROUPS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE, SCHOOLS, AGENCIES, AND TREATMENT PROGRAMS by Linda Metcalf; ISBN: 0684847442; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0684847442/icongroupinterna
•
The Classification of the Finite Simple Groups: Part Ii, Chapter G : General Group Therapy (Mathematical Surveys and Monographs, 40, No 2) by Daniel Gorenstein, et al; ISBN: 0821803905; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0821803905/icongroupinterna
•
The evolution of group therapy (Modern group book) by Harold I Kaplan; ISBN: 0876680783; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0876680783/icongroupinterna
•
The Group Therapy Experience: From Theory to Practice by Louis R. Ormont; ISBN: 0312070365; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0312070365/icongroupinterna
•
The Group Therapy of Substance Abuse (Haworth Therapy for the Addictive Disorders) by David W. Brook, Henry I. Spitz; ISBN: 0789017822; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0789017822/icongroupinterna
•
The Promise of Group Therapy: How to Build a Vigorous Training and Organizational Base for Group Therapy in Managed Behavioral Healthcare by Bill Roller; ISBN: 0787908428; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/0787908428/icongroupinterna
•
Yellow ribbons, worried hearts: A group therapy program for children worried about the war by Molly A Minnick; ISBN: 1878526332; http://www.amazon.com/exec/obidos/ASIN/1878526332/icongroupinterna
Chapters on Group Therapy In order to find chapters that specifically relate to group therapy, an excellent source of abstracts is the Combined Health Information Database. You will need to limit your search to book chapters and group therapy using the “Detailed Search” option. Go to the following hyperlink: http://chid.nih.gov/detail/detail.html. To find book chapters, use the drop boxes at the bottom of the search page where “You may refine your search by.” Select the dates and language you prefer, and the format option “Book Chapter.” Type “group therapy” (or synonyms) into the “For these words:” box. The following is a typical result when searching for book chapters on group therapy: •
Determining Therapy Needs Source: in Srinivasan, P. Practical Aural Habilitation: For Speech-Language Pathologists and Educators of Hearing-Impaired Children. Springfield, IL: Charles C Thomas Publisher, LTD. 1996. p. 69-107.
Books
91
Contact: Available from Charles C Thomas Publisher, LTD. 2600 South First Street, Springfield, IL 62794-9265. Voice (800) 258-8980 or (217) 789-8980. Fax (217) 789-9130. PRICE: $65.95 (cloth); $41.95 (paper); plus shipping and handling. ISBN: 039806573X (cloth); 0398065748 (paper). Summary: This chapter is from a manual that deals with the development of spoken language in children who are hearing-impaired. This chapter discusses the variety of factors that contribute to the success of an aural habilitation program. Aural habilitation is defined as the process of helping a child develop verbal communication skills by providing a learning environment that maximizes the use of residual audition (hearing). Factors covered include the age when hearing loss was identified, prompt amplification, cognitive abilities, parental involvement, the child's motivation, the presence of additional disabilities, the consistency of therapy approach, and the commitment of educators (particularly classroom teachers) to aural habilitation. The author then outlines the issues that are addressed during the aural habilitation assessment, including individual versus group therapy, classroom placement and frequency of therapy, the need for parent training, peer interaction, and the effectiveness of ongoing therapy. The author then describes the formal and informal tools of assessment in the areas of speech skills, auditory skills, cognitive skills, receptive and expressive language skills, conversational skills, peer interaction, and parent-child interaction. A final section addresses service delivery issues. 1 figure. 6 tables. 12 references. (AA-M). •
Evaluation and Remediation of Language Impairment Source: in Shprintzen, R.J.; Bardach, J., eds. Cleft Palate Speech Management: A Multidisciplinary Approach. St. Louis, MO: Mosby-Year Book, Inc. 1995. p. 167-175. Contact: Available from Mosby-Year Book, Inc. 11830 Westline Industrial Drive, St. Louis, MO 63146-3318. (800) 633-6699; Fax (800) 535-9935. PRICE: $61.95 plus shipping and handling. ISBN: 0801664470. Summary: This chapter on the evaluation and remediation of language impairment is from a textbook for speech pathologists on managing patients with clefts. Topics covered include the need for language intervention; the assessment of communication and languge impairment, including infant and toddler assessment, parent-child interactions, early social-communication abilities and vocabulary acquisition, and preschool language assessment; and interventions for communication and language impairment, including early intervention approaches, parent-focused intervention, and small group therapy. The author stresses the long-term nature of language intervention for most children with language impairment. Four appendices cover rating scales for parent-child interaction, assessment instruments for early communicative behavior, interactive parent-focused programs, and a sample agenda for a preschool language group. 45 references.
93
CHAPTER 5. MULTIMEDIA ON GROUP THERAPY Overview In this chapter, we show you how to keep current on multimedia sources of information on group therapy. We start with sources that have been summarized by federal agencies, and then show you how to find bibliographic information catalogued by the National Library of Medicine.
Audio Recordings The Combined Health Information Database contains abstracts on audio productions. To search CHID, go directly to the following hyperlink: http://chid.nih.gov/detail/detail.html. To find audio productions, use the drop boxes at the bottom of the search page where “You may refine your search by.” Select the dates and language you prefer, and the format option “Sound Recordings.” Type “group therapy” (or synonyms) into the “For these words:” box. The following is a typical result when searching for sound recordings on group therapy: •
Group Therapy for HIV Infected Sexually Compulsive Gay Men; the 16th National Lesbian & Gay Health Conference & 12th Annual AIDS/HIV Forum, New York, NY, June 21 - 26, 1994 Contact: Encore Cassettes, PO Box 231340, San Diego, CA, 92194, (619) 596-8402. Summary: This audio cassette recording discusses group and individual outpatient psychotherapy, sexual and chemical addictions, the AIDS Mental Health Project of Greenwich House, HIV-infected and affected substance abusers, and twelve-step recovery programs. The speaker outlines a paper to be published in the Journal of Psychology and Human Sexuality on group therapy for HIV-infected sexually compulsive gay men. She offers an historical view of the group, an explanation of the intake process, a description of the group population, a summary of group membership, and six case histories from the group. Details of Benison Shepard's group theory are referenced. The scarcity of research on sexual compulsivity and its relation to HIV is mentioned.
95
CHAPTER 6. PERIODICALS AND NEWS ON GROUP THERAPY Overview In this chapter, we suggest a number of news sources and present various periodicals that cover group therapy.
News Services and Press Releases One of the simplest ways of tracking press releases on group therapy is to search the news wires. In the following sample of sources, we will briefly describe how to access each service. These services only post recent news intended for public viewing. PR Newswire To access the PR Newswire archive, simply go to http://www.prnewswire.com/. Select your country. Type “group therapy” (or synonyms) into the search box. You will automatically receive information on relevant news releases posted within the last 30 days. The search results are shown by order of relevance. Reuters Health The Reuters’ Medical News and Health eLine databases can be very useful in exploring news archives relating to group therapy. While some of the listed articles are free to view, others are available for purchase for a nominal fee. To access this archive, go to http://www.reutershealth.com/en/index.html and search by “group therapy” (or synonyms). The NIH Within MEDLINEplus, the NIH has made an agreement with the New York Times Syndicate, the AP News Service, and Reuters to deliver news that can be browsed by the public. Search news releases at http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/alphanews_a.html.
96
Group Therapy
MEDLINEplus allows you to browse across an alphabetical index. Or you can search by date at the following Web page: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/newsbydate.html. Often, news items are indexed by MEDLINEplus within its search engine. Business Wire Business Wire is similar to PR Newswire. To access this archive, simply go to http://www.businesswire.com/. You can scan the news by industry category or company name. Market Wire Market Wire is more focused on technology than the other wires. To browse the latest press releases by topic, such as alternative medicine, biotechnology, fitness, healthcare, legal, nutrition, and pharmaceuticals, access Market Wire’s Medical/Health channel at http://www.marketwire.com/mw/release_index?channel=MedicalHealth. Or simply go to Market Wire’s home page at http://www.marketwire.com/mw/home, type “group therapy” (or synonyms) into the search box, and click on “Search News.” As this service is technology oriented, you may wish to use it when searching for press releases covering diagnostic procedures or tests. Search Engines Medical news is also available in the news sections of commercial Internet search engines. See the health news page at Yahoo (http://dir.yahoo.com/Health/News_and_Media/), or you can use this Web site’s general news search page at http://news.yahoo.com/. Type in “group therapy” (or synonyms). If you know the name of a company that is relevant to group therapy, you can go to any stock trading Web site (such as http://www.etrade.com/) and search for the company name there. News items across various news sources are reported on indicated hyperlinks. Google offers a similar service at http://news.google.com/. BBC Covering news from a more European perspective, the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC) allows the public free access to their news archive located at http://www.bbc.co.uk/. Search by “group therapy” (or synonyms).
Newsletter Articles Use the Combined Health Information Database, and limit your search criteria to “newsletter articles.” Again, you will need to use the “Detailed Search” option. Go directly to the following hyperlink: http://chid.nih.gov/detail/detail.html. Go to the bottom of the search page where “You may refine your search by.” Select the dates and language that you prefer. For the format option, select “Newsletter Article.” Type “group therapy” (or synonyms) into the “For these words:” box. You should check back periodically with this
Periodicals and News
97
database as it is updated every three months. The following is a typical result when searching for newsletter articles on group therapy: •
Clay Therapy for Encopresis Source: Messenger. 8(3): 7. 1997. Contact: Available from American Pseudo-obstruction and Hirschsprung's Disease Society (APHS). 158 Pleasant Street, North Andover, MA 01845. (978) 685-4477. Fax (978) 685-4488. E-mail:
[email protected]. Summary: This newsletter article describes the use of modeling clay therapy for treating children with encopresis (fecal soiling). The author reports on a study in which researchers examined the effect of this clay therapy on encopretic children who had not benefited from traditional behavioral (laxatives, enemas, dietary fiber, toilet sitting) and psychological (reinforcement, positive practice, overcorrection, biofeedback) interventions. The researchers describe clay therapy as an Ericksonian intervention, meaning that there is no need for the patient to recognize the problem as such for it to be resolved. Erickson helped patients by using modeling clay as a metaphor for feces to treat a small sample of six boys (ages 4 to 12) who had failed to respond to other therapies. The children were placed together for 1 hour for 3 months and were given no instructions on how to play with the modeling clay; the children eagerly interacted with one another. The author notes that the treatment of encopresis must include an explanation to the child, in terms he or she can understand, of why the body is producing feces and the problems that can accompany this process (e.g., impaction, overflow incontinence). Modeling clay is an effective tool to help children realize what is happening to them. The author also describes using the Playdoh Fun Factory to help children understand the movement of feces through the bowel. The author contends that group therapy is an effective way to demystify encopresis, and that some children may be more willing to accept information from peers than from an adult authority figure, especially if they are engaged in an emotional power struggle for control of defecation.
Academic Periodicals covering Group Therapy Numerous periodicals are currently indexed within the National Library of Medicine’s PubMed database that are known to publish articles relating to group therapy. In addition to these sources, you can search for articles covering group therapy that have been published by any of the periodicals listed in previous chapters. To find the latest studies published, go to http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed, type the name of the periodical into the search box, and click “Go.” If you want complete details about the historical contents of a journal, you can also visit the following Web site: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/jrbrowser.cgi. Here, type in the name of the journal or its abbreviation, and you will receive an index of published articles. At http://locatorplus.gov/, you can retrieve more indexing information on medical periodicals (e.g. the name of the publisher). Select the button “Search LOCATORplus.” Then type in the name of the journal and select the advanced search option “Journal Title Search.”
99
APPENDICES
101
APPENDIX A. PHYSICIAN RESOURCES Overview In this chapter, we focus on databases and Internet-based guidelines and information resources created or written for a professional audience.
NIH Guidelines Commonly referred to as “clinical” or “professional” guidelines, the National Institutes of Health publish physician guidelines for the most common diseases. Publications are available at the following by relevant Institute4: •
Office of the Director (OD); guidelines consolidated across agencies available at http://www.nih.gov/health/consumer/conkey.htm
•
National Institute of General Medical Sciences (NIGMS); fact sheets available at http://www.nigms.nih.gov/news/facts/
•
National Library of Medicine (NLM); extensive encyclopedia (A.D.A.M., Inc.) with guidelines: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/healthtopics.html
•
National Cancer Institute (NCI); guidelines available at http://www.cancer.gov/cancerinfo/list.aspx?viewid=5f35036e-5497-4d86-8c2c714a9f7c8d25
•
National Eye Institute (NEI); guidelines available at http://www.nei.nih.gov/order/index.htm
•
National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (NHLBI); guidelines available at http://www.nhlbi.nih.gov/guidelines/index.htm
•
National Human Genome Research Institute (NHGRI); research available at http://www.genome.gov/page.cfm?pageID=10000375
•
National Institute on Aging (NIA); guidelines available at http://www.nia.nih.gov/health/
4
These publications are typically written by one or more of the various NIH Institutes.
102
Group Therapy
•
National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA); guidelines available at http://www.niaaa.nih.gov/publications/publications.htm
•
National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID); guidelines available at http://www.niaid.nih.gov/publications/
•
National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases (NIAMS); fact sheets and guidelines available at http://www.niams.nih.gov/hi/index.htm
•
National Institute of Child Health and Human Development (NICHD); guidelines available at http://www.nichd.nih.gov/publications/pubskey.cfm
•
National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders (NIDCD); fact sheets and guidelines at http://www.nidcd.nih.gov/health/
•
National Institute of Dental and Craniofacial Research (NIDCR); guidelines available at http://www.nidr.nih.gov/health/
•
National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases (NIDDK); guidelines available at http://www.niddk.nih.gov/health/health.htm
•
National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA); guidelines available at http://www.nida.nih.gov/DrugAbuse.html
•
National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS); environmental health information available at http://www.niehs.nih.gov/external/facts.htm
•
National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH); guidelines available at http://www.nimh.nih.gov/practitioners/index.cfm
•
National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke (NINDS); neurological disorder information pages available at http://www.ninds.nih.gov/health_and_medical/disorder_index.htm
•
National Institute of Nursing Research (NINR); publications on selected illnesses at http://www.nih.gov/ninr/news-info/publications.html
•
National Institute of Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering; general information at http://grants.nih.gov/grants/becon/becon_info.htm
•
Center for Information Technology (CIT); referrals to other agencies based on keyword searches available at http://kb.nih.gov/www_query_main.asp
•
National Center for Complementary and Alternative Medicine (NCCAM); health information available at http://nccam.nih.gov/health/
•
National Center for Research Resources (NCRR); various information directories available at http://www.ncrr.nih.gov/publications.asp
•
Office of Rare Diseases; various fact sheets available at http://rarediseases.info.nih.gov/html/resources/rep_pubs.html
•
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; various fact sheets on infectious diseases available at http://www.cdc.gov/publications.htm
Physician Resources
103
NIH Databases In addition to the various Institutes of Health that publish professional guidelines, the NIH has designed a number of databases for professionals.5 Physician-oriented resources provide a wide variety of information related to the biomedical and health sciences, both past and present. The format of these resources varies. Searchable databases, bibliographic citations, full-text articles (when available), archival collections, and images are all available. The following are referenced by the National Library of Medicine:6 •
Bioethics: Access to published literature on the ethical, legal, and public policy issues surrounding healthcare and biomedical research. This information is provided in conjunction with the Kennedy Institute of Ethics located at Georgetown University, Washington, D.C.: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/databases_bioethics.html
•
HIV/AIDS Resources: Describes various links and databases dedicated to HIV/AIDS research: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/pubs/factsheets/aidsinfs.html
•
NLM Online Exhibitions: Describes “Exhibitions in the History of Medicine”: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/exhibition/exhibition.html. Additional resources for historical scholarship in medicine: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/hmd/hmd.html
•
Biotechnology Information: Access to public databases. The National Center for Biotechnology Information conducts research in computational biology, develops software tools for analyzing genome data, and disseminates biomedical information for the better understanding of molecular processes affecting human health and disease: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/
•
Population Information: The National Library of Medicine provides access to worldwide coverage of population, family planning, and related health issues, including family planning technology and programs, fertility, and population law and policy: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/databases_population.html
•
Cancer Information: Access to cancer-oriented databases: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/databases_cancer.html
•
Profiles in Science: Offering the archival collections of prominent twentieth-century biomedical scientists to the public through modern digital technology: http://www.profiles.nlm.nih.gov/
•
Chemical Information: Provides links to various chemical databases and references: http://sis.nlm.nih.gov/Chem/ChemMain.html
•
Clinical Alerts: Reports the release of findings from the NIH-funded clinical trials where such release could significantly affect morbidity and mortality: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/alerts/clinical_alerts.html
•
Space Life Sciences: Provides links and information to space-based research (including NASA): http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/databases_space.html
•
MEDLINE: Bibliographic database covering the fields of medicine, nursing, dentistry, veterinary medicine, the healthcare system, and the pre-clinical sciences: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/databases_medline.html
5
Remember, for the general public, the National Library of Medicine recommends the databases referenced in MEDLINEplus (http://medlineplus.gov/ or http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/databases.html). 6 See http://www.nlm.nih.gov/databases/databases.html.
104
Group Therapy
•
Toxicology and Environmental Health Information (TOXNET): Databases covering toxicology and environmental health: http://sis.nlm.nih.gov/Tox/ToxMain.html
•
Visible Human Interface: Anatomically detailed, three-dimensional representations of normal male and female human bodies: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/research/visible/visible_human.html
The NLM Gateway7 The NLM (National Library of Medicine) Gateway is a Web-based system that lets users search simultaneously in multiple retrieval systems at the U.S. National Library of Medicine (NLM). It allows users of NLM services to initiate searches from one Web interface, providing one-stop searching for many of NLM’s information resources or databases.8 To use the NLM Gateway, simply go to the search site at http://gateway.nlm.nih.gov/gw/Cmd. Type “group therapy” (or synonyms) into the search box and click “Search.” The results will be presented in a tabular form, indicating the number of references in each database category. Results Summary Category Journal Articles Books / Periodicals / Audio Visual Consumer Health Meeting Abstracts Other Collections Total
Items Found 16493 1081 3562 96 353 21585
HSTAT9 HSTAT is a free, Web-based resource that provides access to full-text documents used in healthcare decision-making.10 These documents include clinical practice guidelines, quickreference guides for clinicians, consumer health brochures, evidence reports and technology assessments from the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ), as well as AHRQ’s Put Prevention Into Practice.11 Simply search by “group therapy” (or synonyms) at the following Web site: http://text.nlm.nih.gov.
7
Adapted from NLM: http://gateway.nlm.nih.gov/gw/Cmd?Overview.x.
8
The NLM Gateway is currently being developed by the Lister Hill National Center for Biomedical Communications (LHNCBC) at the National Library of Medicine (NLM) of the National Institutes of Health (NIH). 9 Adapted from HSTAT: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/pubs/factsheets/hstat.html. 10 11
The HSTAT URL is http://hstat.nlm.nih.gov/.
Other important documents in HSTAT include: the National Institutes of Health (NIH) Consensus Conference Reports and Technology Assessment Reports; the HIV/AIDS Treatment Information Service (ATIS) resource documents; the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration's Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (SAMHSA/CSAT) Treatment Improvement Protocols (TIP) and Center for Substance Abuse Prevention (SAMHSA/CSAP) Prevention Enhancement Protocols System (PEPS); the Public Health Service (PHS) Preventive Services Task Force's Guide to Clinical Preventive Services; the independent, nonfederal Task Force on Community Services’ Guide to Community Preventive Services; and the Health Technology Advisory Committee (HTAC) of the Minnesota Health Care Commission (MHCC) health technology evaluations.
Physician Resources
105
Coffee Break: Tutorials for Biologists12 Coffee Break is a general healthcare site that takes a scientific view of the news and covers recent breakthroughs in biology that may one day assist physicians in developing treatments. Here you will find a collection of short reports on recent biological discoveries. Each report incorporates interactive tutorials that demonstrate how bioinformatics tools are used as a part of the research process. Currently, all Coffee Breaks are written by NCBI staff.13 Each report is about 400 words and is usually based on a discovery reported in one or more articles from recently published, peer-reviewed literature.14 This site has new articles every few weeks, so it can be considered an online magazine of sorts. It is intended for general background information. You can access the Coffee Break Web site at the following hyperlink: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/Coffeebreak/.
Other Commercial Databases In addition to resources maintained by official agencies, other databases exist that are commercial ventures addressing medical professionals. Here are some examples that may interest you: •
CliniWeb International: Index and table of contents to selected clinical information on the Internet; see http://www.ohsu.edu/cliniweb/.
•
Medical World Search: Searches full text from thousands of selected medical sites on the Internet; see http://www.mwsearch.com/.
12 Adapted 13
from http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/Coffeebreak/Archive/FAQ.html.
The figure that accompanies each article is frequently supplied by an expert external to NCBI, in which case the source of the figure is cited. The result is an interactive tutorial that tells a biological story. 14 After a brief introduction that sets the work described into a broader context, the report focuses on how a molecular understanding can provide explanations of observed biology and lead to therapies for diseases. Each vignette is accompanied by a figure and hypertext links that lead to a series of pages that interactively show how NCBI tools and resources are used in the research process.
107
APPENDIX B. PATIENT RESOURCES Overview Official agencies, as well as federally funded institutions supported by national grants, frequently publish a variety of guidelines written with the patient in mind. These are typically called “Fact Sheets” or “Guidelines.” They can take the form of a brochure, information kit, pamphlet, or flyer. Often they are only a few pages in length. Since new guidelines on group therapy can appear at any moment and be published by a number of sources, the best approach to finding guidelines is to systematically scan the Internet-based services that post them.
Patient Guideline Sources The remainder of this chapter directs you to sources which either publish or can help you find additional guidelines on topics related to group therapy. Due to space limitations, these sources are listed in a concise manner. Do not hesitate to consult the following sources by either using the Internet hyperlink provided, or, in cases where the contact information is provided, contacting the publisher or author directly. The National Institutes of Health The NIH gateway to patients is located at http://health.nih.gov/. From this site, you can search across various sources and institutes, a number of which are summarized below. Topic Pages: MEDLINEplus The National Library of Medicine has created a vast and patient-oriented healthcare information portal called MEDLINEplus. Within this Internet-based system are “health topic pages” which list links to available materials relevant to group therapy. To access this system, log on to http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/healthtopics.html. From there you can either search using the alphabetical index or browse by broad topic areas. Recently, MEDLINEplus listed the following when searched for “group therapy”:
108
Group Therapy
Child Mental Health http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/childmentalhealth.html Hormone Replacement Therapy http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/hormonereplacementtherapy.html Mental Health http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/mentalhealth.html Rehabilitation http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/rehabilitation.html You may also choose to use the search utility provided by MEDLINEplus at the following Web address: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/. Simply type a keyword into the search box and click “Search.” This utility is similar to the NIH search utility, with the exception that it only includes materials that are linked within the MEDLINEplus system (mostly patient-oriented information). It also has the disadvantage of generating unstructured results. We recommend, therefore, that you use this method only if you have a very targeted search. The Combined Health Information Database (CHID) CHID Online is a reference tool that maintains a database directory of thousands of journal articles and patient education guidelines on group therapy. CHID offers summaries that describe the guidelines available, including contact information and pricing. CHID’s general Web site is http://chid.nih.gov/. To search this database, go to http://chid.nih.gov/detail/detail.html. In particular, you can use the advanced search options to look up pamphlets, reports, brochures, and information kits. The following was recently posted in this archive: •
Clinical Psychologists and Tinnitus Source: London, England: Royal National Institute for Deaf People. 1998. 3 p. Contact: Available from RNID Helpline. P.O. Box 16464, London EC1Y 8TT, United Kingdom. 0870 60 50 123. Fax 0171-296 8199. E-mail:
[email protected]. Website: www.rnid.org.uk. Also available from RNID Tinnitus Helpline. Castle Cavendish Works, Norton Street, Radford, Nottingham NG7 5PN, United Kingdom. 0345 090210. Fax 0115-978 5012. E-mail:
[email protected]. PRICE: Single copy free. Summary: Anxiety, depression, irritability, anger, tension, and insomnia are all common complaints of patients with tinnitus(ringing or other noises in the ear). These may be the effects of tinnitus itself, or they may have existed before it started and be made worse by the reaction to it. This fact sheet from the Royal National Institute for Deaf People (RNID) discusses the role of clinical psychologists in treating tinnitus. A clinical psychologist works within a clinical context, usually a hospital or medical setting, and deals primarily with alleviating people's psychological problems. The fact sheet reviews the strategies that clinical psychologists may offer to help people overcome or learn to deal better with the effects of tinnitus. A patient may see a clinical psychologist on a one to one basis or in group therapy sessions with other patients. The fact sheet describes the work of four different clinical psychologists, including their publications and concludes with information on the RNID Tinnitus Helpline (in Nottingham, UK), which
Patient Resources
109
is also accessible online at
[email protected]. The RNID website is at www.rnid.org.uk. •
Sign Language Interpreters and the Medical/Mental Health Communities: Working Together Source: Silver Spring, MD: Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf, Inc. August 1992. 4 p. Contact: Available from Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf, Inc. 8719 Colesville Road, Suite 310, Silver Spring, MD 20910. Voice (301) 608-0050; TTY (301) 608-0562; Fax (301) 608-0508. PRICE: Single copy free. Summary: This fact sheet from the Registry of Interpreters for the Deaf (RID) is designed to help health care professionals become more aware of the role of the sign language interpreter and to facilitate this working relationship. Topics covered include a brief introduction to the field of sign language interpreting; interpreters in medical settings; common myths and misunderstandings about interpreters; privacy issues; determining the best physical placement for the interpreter during medical procedures; mental health settings, including group therapy; the deaf medical/mental health professional; and confidentiality issues. The NIH Search Utility
The NIH search utility allows you to search for documents on over 100 selected Web sites that comprise the NIH-WEB-SPACE. Each of these servers is “crawled” and indexed on an ongoing basis. Your search will produce a list of various documents, all of which will relate in some way to group therapy. The drawbacks of this approach are that the information is not organized by theme and that the references are often a mix of information for professionals and patients. Nevertheless, a large number of the listed Web sites provide useful background information. We can only recommend this route, therefore, for relatively rare or specific disorders, or when using highly targeted searches. To use the NIH search utility, visit the following Web page: http://search.nih.gov/index.html. Additional Web Sources A number of Web sites are available to the public that often link to government sites. These can also point you in the direction of essential information. The following is a representative sample: •
AOL: http://search.aol.com/cat.adp?id=168&layer=&from=subcats
•
Family Village: http://www.familyvillage.wisc.edu/specific.htm
•
Google: http://directory.google.com/Top/Health/Conditions_and_Diseases/
•
Med Help International: http://www.medhelp.org/HealthTopics/A.html
•
Open Directory Project: http://dmoz.org/Health/Conditions_and_Diseases/
•
Yahoo.com: http://dir.yahoo.com/Health/Diseases_and_Conditions/
•
WebMDHealth: http://my.webmd.com/health_topics
110
Group Therapy
Finding Associations There are several Internet directories that provide lists of medical associations with information on or resources relating to group therapy. By consulting all of associations listed in this chapter, you will have nearly exhausted all sources for patient associations concerned with group therapy. The National Health Information Center (NHIC) The National Health Information Center (NHIC) offers a free referral service to help people find organizations that provide information about group therapy. For more information, see the NHIC’s Web site at http://www.health.gov/NHIC/ or contact an information specialist by calling 1-800-336-4797. Directory of Health Organizations The Directory of Health Organizations, provided by the National Library of Medicine Specialized Information Services, is a comprehensive source of information on associations. The Directory of Health Organizations database can be accessed via the Internet at http://www.sis.nlm.nih.gov/Dir/DirMain.html. It is composed of two parts: DIRLINE and Health Hotlines. The DIRLINE database comprises some 10,000 records of organizations, research centers, and government institutes and associations that primarily focus on health and biomedicine. To access DIRLINE directly, go to the following Web site: http://dirline.nlm.nih.gov/. Simply type in “group therapy” (or a synonym), and you will receive information on all relevant organizations listed in the database. Health Hotlines directs you to toll-free numbers to over 300 organizations. You can access this database directly at http://www.sis.nlm.nih.gov/hotlines/. On this page, you are given the option to search by keyword or by browsing the subject list. When you have received your search results, click on the name of the organization for its description and contact information. The Combined Health Information Database Another comprehensive source of information on healthcare associations is the Combined Health Information Database. Using the “Detailed Search” option, you will need to limit your search to “Organizations” and “group therapy”. Type the following hyperlink into your Web browser: http://chid.nih.gov/detail/detail.html. To find associations, use the drop boxes at the bottom of the search page where “You may refine your search by.” For publication date, select “All Years.” Then, select your preferred language and the format option “Organization Resource Sheet.” Type “group therapy” (or synonyms) into the “For these words:” box. You should check back periodically with this database since it is updated every three months.
Patient Resources
111
The National Organization for Rare Disorders, Inc. The National Organization for Rare Disorders, Inc. has prepared a Web site that provides, at no charge, lists of associations organized by health topic. You can access this database at the following Web site: http://www.rarediseases.org/search/orgsearch.html. Type “group therapy” (or a synonym) into the search box, and click “Submit Query.”
113
APPENDIX C. FINDING MEDICAL LIBRARIES Overview In this Appendix, we show you how to quickly find a medical library in your area.
Preparation Your local public library and medical libraries have interlibrary loan programs with the National Library of Medicine (NLM), one of the largest medical collections in the world. According to the NLM, most of the literature in the general and historical collections of the National Library of Medicine is available on interlibrary loan to any library. If you would like to access NLM medical literature, then visit a library in your area that can request the publications for you.15
Finding a Local Medical Library The quickest method to locate medical libraries is to use the Internet-based directory published by the National Network of Libraries of Medicine (NN/LM). This network includes 4626 members and affiliates that provide many services to librarians, health professionals, and the public. To find a library in your area, simply visit http://nnlm.gov/members/adv.html or call 1-800-338-7657.
Medical Libraries in the U.S. and Canada In addition to the NN/LM, the National Library of Medicine (NLM) lists a number of libraries with reference facilities that are open to the public. The following is the NLM’s list and includes hyperlinks to each library’s Web site. These Web pages can provide information on hours of operation and other restrictions. The list below is a small sample of
15
Adapted from the NLM: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/psd/cas/interlibrary.html.
114
Group Therapy
libraries recommended by the National Library of Medicine (sorted alphabetically by name of the U.S. state or Canadian province where the library is located)16: •
Alabama: Health InfoNet of Jefferson County (Jefferson County Library Cooperative, Lister Hill Library of the Health Sciences), http://www.uab.edu/infonet/
•
Alabama: Richard M. Scrushy Library (American Sports Medicine Institute)
•
Arizona: Samaritan Regional Medical Center: The Learning Center (Samaritan Health System, Phoenix, Arizona), http://www.samaritan.edu/library/bannerlibs.htm
•
California: Kris Kelly Health Information Center (St. Joseph Health System, Humboldt), http://www.humboldt1.com/~kkhic/index.html
•
California: Community Health Library of Los Gatos, http://www.healthlib.org/orgresources.html
•
California: Consumer Health Program and Services (CHIPS) (County of Los Angeles Public Library, Los Angeles County Harbor-UCLA Medical Center Library) - Carson, CA, http://www.colapublib.org/services/chips.html
•
California: Gateway Health Library (Sutter Gould Medical Foundation)
•
California: Health Library (Stanford University Medical Center), http://wwwmed.stanford.edu/healthlibrary/
•
California: Patient Education Resource Center - Health Information and Resources (University of California, San Francisco), http://sfghdean.ucsf.edu/barnett/PERC/default.asp
•
California: Redwood Health Library (Petaluma Health Care District), http://www.phcd.org/rdwdlib.html
•
California: Los Gatos PlaneTree Health Library, http://planetreesanjose.org/
•
California: Sutter Resource Library (Sutter Hospitals Foundation, Sacramento), http://suttermedicalcenter.org/library/
•
California: Health Sciences Libraries (University of California, Davis), http://www.lib.ucdavis.edu/healthsci/
•
California: ValleyCare Health Library & Ryan Comer Cancer Resource Center (ValleyCare Health System, Pleasanton), http://gaelnet.stmarysca.edu/other.libs/gbal/east/vchl.html
•
California: Washington Community Health Resource Library (Fremont), http://www.healthlibrary.org/
•
Colorado: William V. Gervasini Memorial Library (Exempla Healthcare), http://www.saintjosephdenver.org/yourhealth/libraries/
•
Connecticut: Hartford Hospital Health Science Libraries (Hartford Hospital), http://www.harthosp.org/library/
•
Connecticut: Healthnet: Connecticut Consumer Health Information Center (University of Connecticut Health Center, Lyman Maynard Stowe Library), http://library.uchc.edu/departm/hnet/
16
Abstracted from http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/libraries.html.
Finding Medical Libraries
115
•
Connecticut: Waterbury Hospital Health Center Library (Waterbury Hospital, Waterbury), http://www.waterburyhospital.com/library/consumer.shtml
•
Delaware: Consumer Health Library (Christiana Care Health System, Eugene du Pont Preventive Medicine & Rehabilitation Institute, Wilmington), http://www.christianacare.org/health_guide/health_guide_pmri_health_info.cfm
•
Delaware: Lewis B. Flinn Library (Delaware Academy of Medicine, Wilmington), http://www.delamed.org/chls.html
•
Georgia: Family Resource Library (Medical College of Georgia, Augusta), http://cmc.mcg.edu/kids_families/fam_resources/fam_res_lib/frl.htm
•
Georgia: Health Resource Center (Medical Center of Central Georgia, Macon), http://www.mccg.org/hrc/hrchome.asp
•
Hawaii: Hawaii Medical Library: Consumer Health Information Service (Hawaii Medical Library, Honolulu), http://hml.org/CHIS/
•
Idaho: DeArmond Consumer Health Library (Kootenai Medical Center, Coeur d’Alene), http://www.nicon.org/DeArmond/index.htm
•
Illinois: Health Learning Center of Northwestern Memorial Hospital (Chicago), http://www.nmh.org/health_info/hlc.html
•
Illinois: Medical Library (OSF Saint Francis Medical Center, Peoria), http://www.osfsaintfrancis.org/general/library/
•
Kentucky: Medical Library - Services for Patients, Families, Students & the Public (Central Baptist Hospital, Lexington), http://www.centralbap.com/education/community/library.cfm
•
Kentucky: University of Kentucky - Health Information Library (Chandler Medical Center, Lexington), http://www.mc.uky.edu/PatientEd/
•
Louisiana: Alton Ochsner Medical Foundation Library (Alton Ochsner Medical Foundation, New Orleans), http://www.ochsner.org/library/
•
Louisiana: Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center Medical LibraryShreveport, http://lib-sh.lsuhsc.edu/
•
Maine: Franklin Memorial Hospital Medical Library (Franklin Memorial Hospital, Farmington), http://www.fchn.org/fmh/lib.htm
•
Maine: Gerrish-True Health Sciences Library (Central Maine Medical Center, Lewiston), http://www.cmmc.org/library/library.html
•
Maine: Hadley Parrot Health Science Library (Eastern Maine Healthcare, Bangor), http://www.emh.org/hll/hpl/guide.htm
•
Maine: Maine Medical Center Library (Maine Medical Center, Portland), http://www.mmc.org/library/
•
Maine: Parkview Hospital (Brunswick), http://www.parkviewhospital.org/
•
Maine: Southern Maine Medical Center Health Sciences Library (Southern Maine Medical Center, Biddeford), http://www.smmc.org/services/service.php3?choice=10
•
Maine: Stephens Memorial Hospital’s Health Information Library (Western Maine Health, Norway), http://www.wmhcc.org/Library/
116
Group Therapy
•
Manitoba, Canada: Consumer & Patient Health Information Service (University of Manitoba Libraries), http://www.umanitoba.ca/libraries/units/health/reference/chis.html
•
Manitoba, Canada: J.W. Crane Memorial Library (Deer Lodge Centre, Winnipeg), http://www.deerlodge.mb.ca/crane_library/about.asp
•
Maryland: Health Information Center at the Wheaton Regional Library (Montgomery County, Dept. of Public Libraries, Wheaton Regional Library), http://www.mont.lib.md.us/healthinfo/hic.asp
•
Massachusetts: Baystate Medical Center Library (Baystate Health System), http://www.baystatehealth.com/1024/
•
Massachusetts: Boston University Medical Center Alumni Medical Library (Boston University Medical Center), http://med-libwww.bu.edu/library/lib.html
•
Massachusetts: Lowell General Hospital Health Sciences Library (Lowell General Hospital, Lowell), http://www.lowellgeneral.org/library/HomePageLinks/WWW.htm
•
Massachusetts: Paul E. Woodard Health Sciences Library (New England Baptist Hospital, Boston), http://www.nebh.org/health_lib.asp
•
Massachusetts: St. Luke’s Hospital Health Sciences Library (St. Luke’s Hospital, Southcoast Health System, New Bedford), http://www.southcoast.org/library/
•
Massachusetts: Treadwell Library Consumer Health Reference Center (Massachusetts General Hospital), http://www.mgh.harvard.edu/library/chrcindex.html
•
Massachusetts: UMass HealthNet (University of Massachusetts Medical School, Worchester), http://healthnet.umassmed.edu/
•
Michigan: Botsford General Hospital Library - Consumer Health (Botsford General Hospital, Library & Internet Services), http://www.botsfordlibrary.org/consumer.htm
•
Michigan: Helen DeRoy Medical Library (Providence Hospital and Medical Centers), http://www.providence-hospital.org/library/
•
Michigan: Marquette General Hospital - Consumer Health Library (Marquette General Hospital, Health Information Center), http://www.mgh.org/center.html
•
Michigan: Patient Education Resouce Center - University of Michigan Cancer Center (University of Michigan Comprehensive Cancer Center, Ann Arbor), http://www.cancer.med.umich.edu/learn/leares.htm
•
Michigan: Sladen Library & Center for Health Information Resources - Consumer Health Information (Detroit), http://www.henryford.com/body.cfm?id=39330
•
Montana: Center for Health Information (St. Patrick Hospital and Health Sciences Center, Missoula)
•
National: Consumer Health Library Directory (Medical Library Association, Consumer and Patient Health Information Section), http://caphis.mlanet.org/directory/index.html
•
National: National Network of Libraries of Medicine (National Library of Medicine) provides library services for health professionals in the United States who do not have access to a medical library, http://nnlm.gov/
•
National: NN/LM List of Libraries Serving the Public (National Network of Libraries of Medicine), http://nnlm.gov/members/
Finding Medical Libraries
117
•
Nevada: Health Science Library, West Charleston Library (Las Vegas-Clark County Library District, Las Vegas), http://www.lvccld.org/special_collections/medical/index.htm
•
New Hampshire: Dartmouth Biomedical Libraries (Dartmouth College Library, Hanover), http://www.dartmouth.edu/~biomed/resources.htmld/conshealth.htmld/
•
New Jersey: Consumer Health Library (Rahway Hospital, Rahway), http://www.rahwayhospital.com/library.htm
•
New Jersey: Dr. Walter Phillips Health Sciences Library (Englewood Hospital and Medical Center, Englewood), http://www.englewoodhospital.com/links/index.htm
•
New Jersey: Meland Foundation (Englewood Hospital and Medical Center, Englewood), http://www.geocities.com/ResearchTriangle/9360/
•
New York: Choices in Health Information (New York Public Library) - NLM Consumer Pilot Project participant, http://www.nypl.org/branch/health/links.html
•
New York: Health Information Center (Upstate Medical University, State University of New York, Syracuse), http://www.upstate.edu/library/hic/
•
New York: Health Sciences Library (Long Island Jewish Medical Center, New Hyde Park), http://www.lij.edu/library/library.html
•
New York: ViaHealth Medical Library (Rochester General Hospital), http://www.nyam.org/library/
•
Ohio: Consumer Health Library (Akron General Medical Center, Medical & Consumer Health Library), http://www.akrongeneral.org/hwlibrary.htm
•
Oklahoma: The Health Information Center at Saint Francis Hospital (Saint Francis Health System, Tulsa), http://www.sfh-tulsa.com/services/healthinfo.asp
•
Oregon: Planetree Health Resource Center (Mid-Columbia Medical Center, The Dalles), http://www.mcmc.net/phrc/
•
Pennsylvania: Community Health Information Library (Milton S. Hershey Medical Center, Hershey), http://www.hmc.psu.edu/commhealth/
•
Pennsylvania: Community Health Resource Library (Geisinger Medical Center, Danville), http://www.geisinger.edu/education/commlib.shtml
•
Pennsylvania: HealthInfo Library (Moses Taylor Hospital, Scranton), http://www.mth.org/healthwellness.html
•
Pennsylvania: Hopwood Library (University of Pittsburgh, Health Sciences Library System, Pittsburgh), http://www.hsls.pitt.edu/guides/chi/hopwood/index_html
•
Pennsylvania: Koop Community Health Information Center (College of Physicians of Philadelphia), http://www.collphyphil.org/kooppg1.shtml
•
Pennsylvania: Learning Resources Center - Medical Library (Susquehanna Health System, Williamsport), http://www.shscares.org/services/lrc/index.asp
•
Pennsylvania: Medical Library (UPMC Health System, Pittsburgh), http://www.upmc.edu/passavant/library.htm
•
Quebec, Canada: Medical Library (Montreal General Hospital), http://www.mghlib.mcgill.ca/
118
Group Therapy
•
South Dakota: Rapid City Regional Hospital Medical Library (Rapid City Regional Hospital), http://www.rcrh.org/Services/Library/Default.asp
•
Texas: Houston HealthWays (Houston Academy of Medicine-Texas Medical Center Library), http://hhw.library.tmc.edu/
•
Washington: Community Health Library (Kittitas Valley Community Hospital), http://www.kvch.com/
•
Washington: Southwest Washington Medical Center Library (Southwest Washington Medical Center, Vancouver), http://www.swmedicalcenter.com/body.cfm?id=72
119
ONLINE GLOSSARIES The Internet provides access to a number of free-to-use medical dictionaries. The National Library of Medicine has compiled the following list of online dictionaries: •
ADAM Medical Encyclopedia (A.D.A.M., Inc.), comprehensive medical reference: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/encyclopedia.html
•
MedicineNet.com Medical Dictionary (MedicineNet, Inc.): http://www.medterms.com/Script/Main/hp.asp
•
Merriam-Webster Medical Dictionary (Inteli-Health, Inc.): http://www.intelihealth.com/IH/
•
Multilingual Glossary of Technical and Popular Medical Terms in Eight European Languages (European Commission) - Danish, Dutch, English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, and Spanish: http://allserv.rug.ac.be/~rvdstich/eugloss/welcome.html
•
On-line Medical Dictionary (CancerWEB): http://cancerweb.ncl.ac.uk/omd/
•
Rare Diseases Terms (Office of Rare Diseases): http://ord.aspensys.com/asp/diseases/diseases.asp
•
Technology Glossary (National Library of Medicine) - Health Care Technology: http://www.nlm.nih.gov/nichsr/ta101/ta10108.htm
Beyond these, MEDLINEplus contains a very patient-friendly encyclopedia covering every aspect of medicine (licensed from A.D.A.M., Inc.). The ADAM Medical Encyclopedia can be accessed at http://www.nlm.nih.gov/medlineplus/encyclopedia.html. ADAM is also available on commercial Web sites such as drkoop.com (http://www.drkoop.com/) and Web MD (http://my.webmd.com/adam/asset/adam_disease_articles/a_to_z/a).
Online Dictionary Directories The following are additional online directories compiled by the National Library of Medicine, including a number of specialized medical dictionaries: •
Medical Dictionaries: Medical & Biological (World Health Organization): http://www.who.int/hlt/virtuallibrary/English/diction.htm#Medical
•
MEL-Michigan Electronic Library List of Online Health and Medical Dictionaries (Michigan Electronic Library): http://mel.lib.mi.us/health/health-dictionaries.html
•
Patient Education: Glossaries (DMOZ Open Directory Project): http://dmoz.org/Health/Education/Patient_Education/Glossaries/
•
Web of Online Dictionaries (Bucknell University): http://www.yourdictionary.com/diction5.html#medicine
121
GROUP THERAPY DICTIONARY The definitions below are derived from official public sources, including the National Institutes of Health [NIH] and the European Union [EU]. Abdominal: Having to do with the abdomen, which is the part of the body between the chest and the hips that contains the pancreas, stomach, intestines, liver, gallbladder, and other organs. [NIH] Abdominal Pain: Sensation of discomfort, distress, or agony in the abdominal region. [NIH] Acting Out: Expressing unconscious emotional conflicts or feelings, often of hostility or love, through overt behavior. [NIH] Adjunctive Therapy: Another treatment used together with the primary treatment. Its purpose is to assist the primary treatment. [NIH] Adjustment: The dynamic process wherein the thoughts, feelings, behavior, and biophysiological mechanisms of the individual continually change to adjust to the environment. [NIH] Adrenal Cortex: The outer layer of the adrenal gland. It secretes mineralocorticoids, androgens, and glucocorticoids. [NIH] Adrenergic: Activated by, characteristic of, or secreting epinephrine or substances with similar activity; the term is applied to those nerve fibres that liberate norepinephrine at a synapse when a nerve impulse passes, i.e., the sympathetic fibres. [EU] Adverse Effect: An unwanted side effect of treatment. [NIH] Affinity: 1. Inherent likeness or relationship. 2. A special attraction for a specific element, organ, or structure. 3. Chemical affinity; the force that binds atoms in molecules; the tendency of substances to combine by chemical reaction. 4. The strength of noncovalent chemical binding between two substances as measured by the dissociation constant of the complex. 5. In immunology, a thermodynamic expression of the strength of interaction between a single antigen-binding site and a single antigenic determinant (and thus of the stereochemical compatibility between them), most accurately applied to interactions among simple, uniform antigenic determinants such as haptens. Expressed as the association constant (K litres mole -1), which, owing to the heterogeneity of affinities in a population of antibody molecules of a given specificity, actually represents an average value (mean intrinsic association constant). 6. The reciprocal of the dissociation constant. [EU] Agonist: In anatomy, a prime mover. In pharmacology, a drug that has affinity for and stimulates physiologic activity at cell receptors normally stimulated by naturally occurring substances. [EU] Agoraphobia: Obsessive, persistent, intense fear of open places. [NIH] Akathisia: 1. A condition of motor restlessness in which there is a feeling of muscular quivering, an urge to move about constantly, and an inability to sit still, a common extrapyramidal side effect of neuroleptic drugs. 2. An inability to sit down because of intense anxiety at the thought of doing so. [EU] Algorithms: A procedure consisting of a sequence of algebraic formulas and/or logical steps to calculate or determine a given task. [NIH] Alimentary: Pertaining to food or nutritive material, or to the organs of digestion. [EU] Alkaline: Having the reactions of an alkali. [EU]
122
Group Therapy
Alkaloid: A member of a large group of chemicals that are made by plants and have nitrogen in them. Some alkaloids have been shown to work against cancer. [NIH] Allergen: An antigenic substance capable of producing immediate-type hypersensitivity (allergy). [EU] Alternative medicine: Practices not generally recognized by the medical community as standard or conventional medical approaches and used instead of standard treatments. Alternative medicine includes the taking of dietary supplements, megadose vitamins, and herbal preparations; the drinking of special teas; and practices such as massage therapy, magnet therapy, spiritual healing, and meditation. [NIH] Ambulatory Care: Health care services provided to patients on an ambulatory basis, rather than by admission to a hospital or other health care facility. The services may be a part of a hospital, augmenting its inpatient services, or may be provided at a free-standing facility. [NIH]
Amenorrhea: Absence of menstruation. [NIH] Amphetamine: A powerful central nervous system stimulant and sympathomimetic. Amphetamine has multiple mechanisms of action including blocking uptake of adrenergics and dopamine, stimulation of release of monamines, and inhibiting monoamine oxidase. Amphetamine is also a drug of abuse and a psychotomimetic. The l- and the d,l-forms are included here. The l-form has less central nervous system activity but stronger cardiovascular effects. The d-form is dextroamphetamine. [NIH] Amplification: The production of additional copies of a chromosomal DNA sequence, found as either intrachromosomal or extrachromosomal DNA. [NIH] Anaesthesia: Loss of feeling or sensation. Although the term is used for loss of tactile sensibility, or of any of the other senses, it is applied especially to loss of the sensation of pain, as it is induced to permit performance of surgery or other painful procedures. [EU] Anal: Having to do with the anus, which is the posterior opening of the large bowel. [NIH] Analgesic: An agent that alleviates pain without causing loss of consciousness. [EU] Analysis of Variance: A statistical technique that isolates and assesses the contributions of categorical independent variables to variation in the mean of a continuous dependent variable. [NIH] Anaphylatoxins: The family of peptides C3a, C4a, C5a, and C5a des-arginine produced in the serum during complement activation. They produce smooth muscle contraction, mast cell histamine release, affect platelet aggregation, and act as mediators of the local inflammatory process. The order of anaphylatoxin activity from strongest to weakest is C5a, C3a, C4a, and C5a des-arginine. The latter is the so-called "classical" anaphylatoxin but shows no spasmogenic activity though it contains some chemotactic ability. [NIH] Anatomical: Pertaining to anatomy, or to the structure of the organism. [EU] Angina: Chest pain that originates in the heart. [NIH] Angina Pectoris: The symptom of paroxysmal pain consequent to myocardial ischemia usually of distinctive character, location and radiation, and provoked by a transient stressful situation during which the oxygen requirements of the myocardium exceed the capacity of the coronary circulation to supply it. [NIH] Anorexia: Lack or loss of appetite for food. Appetite is psychologic, dependent on memory and associations. Anorexia can be brought about by unattractive food, surroundings, or company. [NIH] Anorexia Nervosa: The chief symptoms are inability to eat, weight loss, and amenorrhea. [NIH]
Dictionary 123
Antibodies: Immunoglobulin molecules having a specific amino acid sequence by virtue of which they interact only with the antigen that induced their synthesis in cells of the lymphoid series (especially plasma cells), or with an antigen closely related to it. [NIH] Antibody: A type of protein made by certain white blood cells in response to a foreign substance (antigen). Each antibody can bind to only a specific antigen. The purpose of this binding is to help destroy the antigen. Antibodies can work in several ways, depending on the nature of the antigen. Some antibodies destroy antigens directly. Others make it easier for white blood cells to destroy the antigen. [NIH] Anticonvulsant: An agent that prevents or relieves convulsions. [EU] Antiemetic: An agent that prevents or alleviates nausea and vomiting. Also antinauseant. [EU]
Antigen: Any substance which is capable, under appropriate conditions, of inducing a specific immune response and of reacting with the products of that response, that is, with specific antibody or specifically sensitized T-lymphocytes, or both. Antigens may be soluble substances, such as toxins and foreign proteins, or particulate, such as bacteria and tissue cells; however, only the portion of the protein or polysaccharide molecule known as the antigenic determinant (q.v.) combines with antibody or a specific receptor on a lymphocyte. Abbreviated Ag. [EU] Antigen-Antibody Complex: The complex formed by the binding of antigen and antibody molecules. The deposition of large antigen-antibody complexes leading to tissue damage causes immune complex diseases. [NIH] Antipsychotic: Effective in the treatment of psychosis. Antipsychotic drugs (called also neuroleptic drugs and major tranquilizers) are a chemically diverse (including phenothiazines, thioxanthenes, butyrophenones, dibenzoxazepines, dibenzodiazepines, and diphenylbutylpiperidines) but pharmacologically similar class of drugs used to treat schizophrenic, paranoid, schizoaffective, and other psychotic disorders; acute delirium and dementia, and manic episodes (during induction of lithium therapy); to control the movement disorders associated with Huntington's chorea, Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome, and ballismus; and to treat intractable hiccups and severe nausea and vomiting. Antipsychotic agents bind to dopamine, histamine, muscarinic cholinergic, a-adrenergic, and serotonin receptors. Blockade of dopaminergic transmission in various areas is thought to be responsible for their major effects : antipsychotic action by blockade in the mesolimbic and mesocortical areas; extrapyramidal side effects (dystonia, akathisia, parkinsonism, and tardive dyskinesia) by blockade in the basal ganglia; and antiemetic effects by blockade in the chemoreceptor trigger zone of the medulla. Sedation and autonomic side effects (orthostatic hypotension, blurred vision, dry mouth, nasal congestion and constipation) are caused by blockade of histamine, cholinergic, and adrenergic receptors. [EU] Anus: The opening of the rectum to the outside of the body. [NIH] Anxiety: Persistent feeling of dread, apprehension, and impending disaster. [NIH] Anxiety Disorders: Disorders in which anxiety (persistent feelings of apprehension, tension, or uneasiness) is the predominant disturbance. [NIH] Apathy: Lack of feeling or emotion; indifference. [EU] Aphasia: A cognitive disorder marked by an impaired ability to comprehend or express language in its written or spoken form. This condition is caused by diseases which affect the language areas of the dominant hemisphere. Clinical features are used to classify the various subtypes of this condition. General categories include receptive, expressive, and mixed forms of aphasia. [NIH] Applicability: A list of the commodities to which the candidate method can be applied as
124
Group Therapy
presented or with minor modifications. [NIH] Art Therapy: The use of art as an adjunctive therapy in the treatment of neurological, mental, or behavioral disorders. [NIH] Arteries: The vessels carrying blood away from the heart. [NIH] Atypical: Irregular; not conformable to the type; in microbiology, applied specifically to strains of unusual type. [EU] Audition: The sense of hearing. [NIH] Auditory: Pertaining to the sense of hearing. [EU] Aural: Pertaining to or perceived by the ear, as an aural stimulus. [EU] Autoimmune disease: A condition in which the body recognizes its own tissues as foreign and directs an immune response against them. [NIH] Autonomic: Self-controlling; functionally independent. [EU] Bacteria: Unicellular prokaryotic microorganisms which generally possess rigid cell walls, multiply by cell division, and exhibit three principal forms: round or coccal, rodlike or bacillary, and spiral or spirochetal. [NIH] Bacteriuria: The presence of bacteria in the urine with or without consequent urinary tract infection. Since bacteriuria is a clinical entity, the term does not preclude the use of urine/microbiology for technical discussions on the isolation and segregation of bacteria in the urine. [NIH] Basal Ganglia: Large subcortical nuclear masses derived from the telencephalon and located in the basal regions of the cerebral hemispheres. [NIH] Behavior Therapy: The application of modern theories of learning and conditioning in the treatment of behavior disorders. [NIH] Bile: An emulsifying agent produced in the liver and secreted into the duodenum. Its composition includes bile acids and salts, cholesterol, and electrolytes. It aids digestion of fats in the duodenum. [NIH] Bile duct: A tube through which bile passes in and out of the liver. [NIH] Biotechnology: Body of knowledge related to the use of organisms, cells or cell-derived constituents for the purpose of developing products which are technically, scientifically and clinically useful. Alteration of biologic function at the molecular level (i.e., genetic engineering) is a central focus; laboratory methods used include transfection and cloning technologies, sequence and structure analysis algorithms, computer databases, and gene and protein structure function analysis and prediction. [NIH] Bipolar Disorder: A major affective disorder marked by severe mood swings (manic or major depressive episodes) and a tendency to remission and recurrence. [NIH] Bladder: The organ that stores urine. [NIH] Bloating: Fullness or swelling in the abdomen that often occurs after meals. [NIH] Blood Coagulation: The process of the interaction of blood coagulation factors that results in an insoluble fibrin clot. [NIH] Blood pressure: The pressure of blood against the walls of a blood vessel or heart chamber. Unless there is reference to another location, such as the pulmonary artery or one of the heart chambers, it refers to the pressure in the systemic arteries, as measured, for example, in the forearm. [NIH] Blood vessel: A tube in the body through which blood circulates. Blood vessels include a network of arteries, arterioles, capillaries, venules, and veins. [NIH]
Dictionary 125
Body Fluids: Liquid components of living organisms. [NIH] Body Mass Index: One of the anthropometric measures of body mass; it has the highest correlation with skinfold thickness or body density. [NIH] Bowel: The long tube-shaped organ in the abdomen that completes the process of digestion. There is both a small and a large bowel. Also called the intestine. [NIH] Bulimia: Episodic binge eating. The episodes may be associated with the fear of not being able to stop eating, depressed mood, or self-deprecating thoughts (binge-eating disorder) and may frequently be terminated by self-induced vomiting (bulimia nervosa). [NIH] Buprenorphine: A derivative of the opioid alkaloid thebaine that is a more potent and longer lasting analgesic than morphine. It appears to act as a partial agonist at mu and kappa opioid receptors and as an antagonist at delta receptors. The lack of delta-agonist activity has been suggested to account for the observation that buprenorphine tolerance may not develop with chronic use. [NIH] Bupropion: A unicyclic, aminoketone antidepressant. The mechanism of its therapeutic actions is not well understood, but it does appear to block dopamine uptake. The hydrochloride is available as an aid to smoking cessation treatment. [NIH] Calcium: A basic element found in nearly all organized tissues. It is a member of the alkaline earth family of metals with the atomic symbol Ca, atomic number 20, and atomic weight 40. Calcium is the most abundant mineral in the body and combines with phosphorus to form calcium phosphate in the bones and teeth. It is essential for the normal functioning of nerves and muscles and plays a role in blood coagulation (as factor IV) and in many enzymatic processes. [NIH] Calcium channel blocker: A drug used to relax the blood vessel and heart muscle, causing pressure inside blood vessels to drop. It also can regulate heart rhythm. [NIH] Cannabis: The hemp plant Cannabis sativa. Products prepared from the dried flowering tops of the plant include marijuana, hashish, bhang, and ganja. [NIH] Cardiac: Having to do with the heart. [NIH] Cardiopulmonary: Having to do with the heart and lungs. [NIH] Cardiovascular: Having to do with the heart and blood vessels. [NIH] Carotenoids: Substance found in yellow and orange fruits and vegetables and in dark green, leafy vegetables. May reduce the risk of developing cancer. [NIH] Case report: A detailed report of the diagnosis, treatment, and follow-up of an individual patient. Case reports also contain some demographic information about the patient (for example, age, gender, ethnic origin). [NIH] Case series: A group or series of case reports involving patients who were given similar treatment. Reports of case series usually contain detailed information about the individual patients. This includes demographic information (for example, age, gender, ethnic origin) and information on diagnosis, treatment, response to treatment, and follow-up after treatment. [NIH] Catecholamine: A group of chemical substances manufactured by the adrenal medulla and secreted during physiological stress. [NIH] Causal: Pertaining to a cause; directed against a cause. [EU] Cell: The individual unit that makes up all of the tissues of the body. All living things are made up of one or more cells. [NIH] Central Nervous System: The main information-processing organs of the nervous system, consisting of the brain, spinal cord, and meninges. [NIH]
126
Group Therapy
Cerebral: Of or pertaining of the cerebrum or the brain. [EU] Cervical: Relating to the neck, or to the neck of any organ or structure. Cervical lymph nodes are located in the neck; cervical cancer refers to cancer of the uterine cervix, which is the lower, narrow end (the "neck") of the uterus. [NIH] Cervix: The lower, narrow end of the uterus that forms a canal between the uterus and vagina. [NIH] Character: In current usage, approximately equivalent to personality. The sum of the relatively fixed personality traits and habitual modes of response of an individual. [NIH] Chemoreceptor: A receptor adapted for excitation by chemical substances, e.g., olfactory and gustatory receptors, or a sense organ, as the carotid body or the aortic (supracardial) bodies, which is sensitive to chemical changes in the blood stream, especially reduced oxygen content, and reflexly increases both respiration and blood pressure. [EU] Chemotactic Factors: Chemical substances that attract or repel cells or organisms. The concept denotes especially those factors released as a result of tissue injury, invasion, or immunologic activity, that attract leukocytes, macrophages, or other cells to the site of infection or insult. [NIH] Child Psychiatry: The medical science that deals with the origin, diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of mental disorders in children. [NIH] Chin: The anatomical frontal portion of the mandible, also known as the mentum, that contains the line of fusion of the two separate halves of the mandible (symphysis menti). This line of fusion divides inferiorly to enclose a triangular area called the mental protuberance. On each side, inferior to the second premolar tooth, is the mental foramen for the passage of blood vessels and a nerve. [NIH] Chiropractic: A system of treating bodily disorders by manipulation of the spine and other parts, based on the belief that the cause is the abnormal functioning of a nerve. [NIH] Cholinergic: Resembling acetylcholine in pharmacological action; stimulated by or releasing acetylcholine or a related compound. [EU] Chorea: Involuntary, forcible, rapid, jerky movements that may be subtle or become confluent, markedly altering normal patterns of movement. Hypotonia and pendular reflexes are often associated. Conditions which feature recurrent or persistent episodes of chorea as a primary manifestation of disease are referred to as choreatic disorders. Chorea is also a frequent manifestation of basal ganglia diseases. [NIH] Chromosomal: Pertaining to chromosomes. [EU] Chronic: A disease or condition that persists or progresses over a long period of time. [NIH] Chronic Fatigue Syndrome: Fatigue caused by the combined effects of different types of prolonged fatigue. [NIH] Clinical study: A research study in which patients receive treatment in a clinic or other medical facility. Reports of clinical studies can contain results for single patients (case reports) or many patients (case series or clinical trials). [NIH] Clinical trial: A research study that tests how well new medical treatments or other interventions work in people. Each study is designed to test new methods of screening, prevention, diagnosis, or treatment of a disease. [NIH] Clonazepam: An anticonvulsant used for several types of seizures, including myotonic or atonic seizures, photosensitive epilepsy, and absence seizures, although tolerance may develop. It is seldom effective in generalized tonic-clonic or partial seizures. The mechanism of action appears to involve the enhancement of gaba receptor responses. [NIH]
Dictionary 127
Clonic: Pertaining to or of the nature of clonus. [EU] Cloning: The production of a number of genetically identical individuals; in genetic engineering, a process for the efficient replication of a great number of identical DNA molecules. [NIH] Coca: Any of several South American shrubs of the Erythroxylon genus (and family) that yield cocaine; the leaves are chewed with alum for CNS stimulation. [NIH] Cocaine: An alkaloid ester extracted from the leaves of plants including coca. It is a local anesthetic and vasoconstrictor and is clinically used for that purpose, particularly in the eye, ear, nose, and throat. It also has powerful central nervous system effects similar to the amphetamines and is a drug of abuse. Cocaine, like amphetamines, acts by multiple mechanisms on brain catecholaminergic neurons; the mechanism of its reinforcing effects is thought to involve inhibition of dopamine uptake. [NIH] Cochlear: Of or pertaining to the cochlea. [EU] Cochlear Diseases: Diseases of the cochlea, the part of the inner ear that is concerned with hearing. [NIH] Cognition: Intellectual or mental process whereby an organism becomes aware of or obtains knowledge. [NIH] Cognitive behavior therapy: A system of psychotherapy based on the premise that distorted or dysfunctional thinking, which influences a person's mood or behavior, is common to all psychosocial problems. The focus of therapy is to identify the distorted thinking and to replace it with more rational, adaptive thoughts and beliefs. [NIH] Colitis: Inflammation of the colon. [NIH] Colon: The long, coiled, tubelike organ that removes water from digested food. The remaining material, solid waste called stool, moves through the colon to the rectum and leaves the body through the anus. [NIH] Colposcopy: The examination, therapy or surgery of the cervix and vagina by means of a specially designed endoscope introduced vaginally. [NIH] Complement: A term originally used to refer to the heat-labile factor in serum that causes immune cytolysis, the lysis of antibody-coated cells, and now referring to the entire functionally related system comprising at least 20 distinct serum proteins that is the effector not only of immune cytolysis but also of other biologic functions. Complement activation occurs by two different sequences, the classic and alternative pathways. The proteins of the classic pathway are termed 'components of complement' and are designated by the symbols C1 through C9. C1 is a calcium-dependent complex of three distinct proteins C1q, C1r and C1s. The proteins of the alternative pathway (collectively referred to as the properdin system) and complement regulatory proteins are known by semisystematic or trivial names. Fragments resulting from proteolytic cleavage of complement proteins are designated with lower-case letter suffixes, e.g., C3a. Inactivated fragments may be designated with the suffix 'i', e.g. C3bi. Activated components or complexes with biological activity are designated by a bar over the symbol e.g. C1 or C4b,2a. The classic pathway is activated by the binding of C1 to classic pathway activators, primarily antigen-antibody complexes containing IgM, IgG1, IgG3; C1q binds to a single IgM molecule or two adjacent IgG molecules. The alternative pathway can be activated by IgA immune complexes and also by nonimmunologic materials including bacterial endotoxins, microbial polysaccharides, and cell walls. Activation of the classic pathway triggers an enzymatic cascade involving C1, C4, C2 and C3; activation of the alternative pathway triggers a cascade involving C3 and factors B, D and P. Both result in the cleavage of C5 and the formation of the membrane attack complex. Complement activation also results in the formation of many biologically active complement fragments
128
Group Therapy
that act as anaphylatoxins, opsonins, or chemotactic factors. [EU] Complementary and alternative medicine: CAM. Forms of treatment that are used in addition to (complementary) or instead of (alternative) standard treatments. These practices are not considered standard medical approaches. CAM includes dietary supplements, megadose vitamins, herbal preparations, special teas, massage therapy, magnet therapy, spiritual healing, and meditation. [NIH] Complementary medicine: Practices not generally recognized by the medical community as standard or conventional medical approaches and used to enhance or complement the standard treatments. Complementary medicine includes the taking of dietary supplements, megadose vitamins, and herbal preparations; the drinking of special teas; and practices such as massage therapy, magnet therapy, spiritual healing, and meditation. [NIH] Compliance: Distensibility measure of a chamber such as the lungs (lung compliance) or bladder. Compliance is expressed as a change in volume per unit change in pressure. [NIH] Compulsions: In psychology, an irresistible urge, sometimes amounting to obsession to perform a particular act which usually is carried out against the performer's will or better judgment. [NIH] Computational Biology: A field of biology concerned with the development of techniques for the collection and manipulation of biological data, and the use of such data to make biological discoveries or predictions. This field encompasses all computational methods and theories applicable to molecular biology and areas of computer-based techniques for solving biological problems including manipulation of models and datasets. [NIH] Concentration Camps: Facilities in which war or political prisoners are confined. [NIH] Conduction: The transfer of sound waves, heat, nervous impulses, or electricity. [EU] Confusion: A mental state characterized by bewilderment, emotional disturbance, lack of clear thinking, and perceptual disorientation. [NIH] Congestion: Excessive or abnormal accumulation of blood in a part. [EU] Congestive heart failure: Weakness of the heart muscle that leads to a buildup of fluid in body tissues. [NIH] Consciousness: Sense of awareness of self and of the environment. [NIH] Constipation: Infrequent or difficult evacuation of feces. [NIH] Consultation: A deliberation between two or more physicians concerning the diagnosis and the proper method of treatment in a case. [NIH] Contraindications: Any factor or sign that it is unwise to pursue a certain kind of action or treatment, e. g. giving a general anesthetic to a person with pneumonia. [NIH] Control group: In a clinical trial, the group that does not receive the new treatment being studied. This group is compared to the group that receives the new treatment, to see if the new treatment works. [NIH] Controlled clinical trial: A clinical study that includes a comparison (control) group. The comparison group receives a placebo, another treatment, or no treatment at all. [NIH] Controlled study: An experiment or clinical trial that includes a comparison (control) group. [NIH]
Coordination: Muscular or motor regulation or the harmonious cooperation of muscles or groups of muscles, in a complex action or series of actions. [NIH] Coronary: Encircling in the manner of a crown; a term applied to vessels; nerves, ligaments, etc. The term usually denotes the arteries that supply the heart muscle and, by extension, a pathologic involvement of them. [EU]
Dictionary 129
Coronary Disease: Disorder of cardiac function due to an imbalance between myocardial function and the capacity of the coronary vessels to supply sufficient flow for normal function. It is a form of myocardial ischemia (insufficient blood supply to the heart muscle) caused by a decreased capacity of the coronary vessels. [NIH] Coronary Thrombosis: Presence of a thrombus in a coronary artery, often causing a myocardial infarction. [NIH] Coronary Vessels: The veins and arteries of the heart. [NIH] Cortical: Pertaining to or of the nature of a cortex or bark. [EU] Cortisol: A steroid hormone secreted by the adrenal cortex as part of the body's response to stress. [NIH] Cost-benefit: A quantitative technique of economic analysis which, when applied to radiation practice, compares the health detriment from the radiation doses concerned with the cost of radiation dose reduction in that practice. [NIH] Craniocerebral Trauma: Traumatic injuries involving the cranium and intracranial structures (i.e., brain; cranial nerves; meninges; and other structures). Injuries may be classified by whether or not the skull is penetrated (i.e., penetrating vs. nonpenetrating) or whether there is an associated hemorrhage. [NIH] Criterion: A standard by which something may be judged. [EU] Cues: Signals for an action; that specific portion of a perceptual field or pattern of stimuli to which a subject has learned to respond. [NIH] Curative: Tending to overcome disease and promote recovery. [EU] Custodial Care: Board, room, and other personal assistance services generally provided on a long term basis. It excludes regular medical care. [NIH] Data Collection: Systematic gathering of data for a particular purpose from various sources, including questionnaires, interviews, observation, existing records, and electronic devices. The process is usually preliminary to statistical analysis of the data. [NIH] Defecation: The normal process of elimination of fecal material from the rectum. [NIH] Delirium: (DSM III-R) an acute, reversible organic mental disorder characterized by reduced ability to maintain attention to external stimuli and disorganized thinking as manifested by rambling, irrelevant, or incoherent speech; there are also a reduced level of consciousness, sensory misperceptions, disturbance of the sleep-wakefulness cycle and level of psychomotor activity, disorientation to time, place, or person, and memory impairment. Delirium may be caused by a large number of conditions resulting in derangement of cerebral metabolism, including systemic infection, poisoning, drug intoxication or withdrawal, seizures or head trauma, and metabolic disturbances such as hypoxia, hypoglycaemia, fluid, electrolyte, or acid-base imbalances, or hepatic or renal failure. Called also acute confusional state and acute brain syndrome. [EU] Delusions: A false belief regarding the self or persons or objects outside the self that persists despite the facts, and is not considered tenable by one's associates. [NIH] Dementia: An acquired organic mental disorder with loss of intellectual abilities of sufficient severity to interfere with social or occupational functioning. The dysfunction is multifaceted and involves memory, behavior, personality, judgment, attention, spatial relations, language, abstract thought, and other executive functions. The intellectual decline is usually progressive, and initially spares the level of consciousness. [NIH] Density: The logarithm to the base 10 of the opacity of an exposed and processed film. [NIH] Dental Anxiety: Abnormal fear or dread of visiting the dentist for preventive care or
130
Group Therapy
therapy and unwarranted anxiety over dental procedures. [NIH] Dental Care: The total of dental diagnostic, preventive, and restorative services provided to meet the needs of a patient (from Illustrated Dictionary of Dentistry, 1982). [NIH] Depersonalization: Alteration in the perception of the self so that the usual sense of one's own reality is lost, manifested in a sense of unreality or self-estrangement, in changes of body image, or in a feeling that one does not control his own actions and speech; seen in depersonalization disorder, schizophrenic disorders, and schizotypal personality disorder. Some do not draw a distinction between depersonalization and derealization, using depersonalization to include both. [EU] Depressive Disorder: An affective disorder manifested by either a dysphoric mood or loss of interest or pleasure in usual activities. The mood disturbance is prominent and relatively persistent. [NIH] Derealization: Is characterized by the loss of the sense of reality concerning one's surroundings. [NIH] Desensitization: The prevention or reduction of immediate hypersensitivity reactions by administration of graded doses of allergen; called also hyposensitization and immunotherapy. [EU] Detoxification: Treatment designed to free an addict from his drug habit. [EU] Dexfenfluramine: The S-isomer of fenfluramine. It is a serotonin agonist and is used as an anorectic. Unlike fenfluramine, it does not possess any catecholamine agonist activity. [NIH] Dextroamphetamine: The d-form of amphetamine. It is a central nervous system stimulant and a sympathomimetic. It has also been used in the treatment of narcolepsy and of attention deficit disorders and hyperactivity in children. Dextroamphetamine has multiple mechanisms of action including blocking uptake of adrenergics and dopamine, stimulating release of monamines, and inhibiting monoamine oxidase. It is also a drug of abuse and a psychotomimetic. [NIH] Diagnostic procedure: A method used to identify a disease. [NIH] Dialyzer: A part of the hemodialysis machine. (See hemodialysis under dialysis.) The dialyzer has two sections separated by a membrane. One section holds dialysate. The other holds the patient's blood. [NIH] Diarrhea: Passage of excessively liquid or excessively frequent stools. [NIH] Dietary Fiber: The remnants of plant cell walls that are resistant to digestion by the alimentary enzymes of man. It comprises various polysaccharides and lignins. [NIH] Digestion: The process of breakdown of food for metabolism and use by the body. [NIH] Dimethyl: A volatile metabolite of the amino acid methionine. [NIH] Direct: 1. Straight; in a straight line. 2. Performed immediately and without the intervention of subsidiary means. [EU] Discrete: Made up of separate parts or characterized by lesions which do not become blended; not running together; separate. [NIH] Diurnal: Occurring during the day. [EU] Dizziness: An imprecise term which may refer to a sense of spatial disorientation, motion of the environment, or lightheadedness. [NIH] Dopamine: An endogenous catecholamine and prominent neurotransmitter in several systems of the brain. In the synthesis of catecholamines from tyrosine, it is the immediate precursor to norepinephrine and epinephrine. Dopamine is a major transmitter in the extrapyramidal system of the brain, and important in regulating movement. A family of
Dictionary 131
dopaminergic receptor subtypes mediate its action. Dopamine is used pharmacologically for its direct (beta adrenergic agonist) and indirect (adrenergic releasing) sympathomimetic effects including its actions as an inotropic agent and as a renal vasodilator. [NIH] Drug Interactions: The action of a drug that may affect the activity, metabolism, or toxicity of another drug. [NIH] Dyskinesia: Impairment of the power of voluntary movement, resulting in fragmentary or incomplete movements. [EU] Dysphoric: A feeling of unpleasantness and discomfort. [NIH] Dyspnea: Difficult or labored breathing. [NIH] Eating Disorders: A group of disorders characterized by physiological and psychological disturbances in appetite or food intake. [NIH] Effector: It is often an enzyme that converts an inactive precursor molecule into an active second messenger. [NIH] Efficacy: The extent to which a specific intervention, procedure, regimen, or service produces a beneficial result under ideal conditions. Ideally, the determination of efficacy is based on the results of a randomized control trial. [NIH] Ego: The conscious portion of the personality structure which serves to mediate between the demands of the primitive instinctual drives, (the id), of internalized parental and social prohibitions or the conscience, (the superego), and of reality. [NIH] Elastic: Susceptible of resisting and recovering from stretching, compression or distortion applied by a force. [EU] Electrolyte: A substance that dissociates into ions when fused or in solution, and thus becomes capable of conducting electricity; an ionic solute. [EU] Embryo: The prenatal stage of mammalian development characterized by rapid morphological changes and the differentiation of basic structures. [NIH] Empirical: A treatment based on an assumed diagnosis, prior to receiving confirmatory laboratory test results. [NIH] Encopresis: Incontinence of feces not due to organic defect or illness. [NIH] Endoscope: A thin, lighted tube used to look at tissues inside the body. [NIH] Endotoxins: Toxins closely associated with the living cytoplasm or cell wall of certain microorganisms, which do not readily diffuse into the culture medium, but are released upon lysis of the cells. [NIH] Environmental Health: The science of controlling or modifying those conditions, influences, or forces surrounding man which relate to promoting, establishing, and maintaining health. [NIH]
Enzymatic: Phase where enzyme cuts the precursor protein. [NIH] Extracellular: Outside a cell or cells. [EU] Extrapyramidal: Outside of the pyramidal tracts. [EU] Family Planning: Programs or services designed to assist the family in controlling reproduction by either improving or diminishing fertility. [NIH] Family Therapy: A form of group psychotherapy. It involves treatment of more than one member of the family simultaneously in the same session. [NIH] Fat: Total lipids including phospholipids. [NIH] Fatigue: The state of weariness following a period of exertion, mental or physical,
132
Group Therapy
characterized by a decreased capacity for work and reduced efficiency to respond to stimuli. [NIH]
Feces: The excrement discharged from the intestines, consisting of bacteria, cells exfoliated from the intestines, secretions, chiefly of the liver, and a small amount of food residue. [EU] Fenfluramine: A centrally active drug that apparently both blocks serotonin uptake and provokes transport-mediated serotonin release. [NIH] Focus Groups: A method of data collection and a qualitative research tool in which a small group of individuals are brought together and allowed to interact in a discussion of their opinions about topics, issues, or questions. [NIH] Folate: A B-complex vitamin that is being studied as a cancer prevention agent. Also called folic acid. [NIH] Fold: A plication or doubling of various parts of the body. [NIH] Folic Acid: N-(4-(((2-Amino-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-6-pteridinyl)methyl)amino)benzoyl)-Lglutamic acid. A member of the vitamin B family that stimulates the hematopoietic system. It is present in the liver and kidney and is found in mushrooms, spinach, yeast, green leaves, and grasses. Folic acid is used in the treatment and prevention of folate deficiencies and megaloblastic anemia. [NIH] Functional Disorders: Disorders such as irritable bowel syndrome. These conditions result from poor nerve and muscle function. Symptoms such as gas, pain, constipation, and diarrhea come back again and again, but there are no signs of disease or damage. Emotional stress can trigger symptoms. Also called motility disorders. [NIH] GABA: The most common inhibitory neurotransmitter in the central nervous system. [NIH] Gas: Air that comes from normal breakdown of food. The gases are passed out of the body through the rectum (flatus) or the mouth (burp). [NIH] Gastrointestinal: Refers to the stomach and intestines. [NIH] Gene: The functional and physical unit of heredity passed from parent to offspring. Genes are pieces of DNA, and most genes contain the information for making a specific protein. [NIH]
Geriatric: Pertaining to the treatment of the aged. [EU] Gestures: Movement of a part of the body for the purpose of communication. [NIH] Gifted: As used in child psychiatry, this term is meant to refer to a child whose intelligence is in the upper 2 per cent of the total population of his age. [NIH] Gland: An organ that produces and releases one or more substances for use in the body. Some glands produce fluids that affect tissues or organs. Others produce hormones or participate in blood production. [NIH] Governing Board: The group in which legal authority is vested for the control of healthrelated institutions and organizations. [NIH] Grade: The grade of a tumor depends on how abnormal the cancer cells look under a microscope and how quickly the tumor is likely to grow and spread. Grading systems are different for each type of cancer. [NIH] Group Processes: The procedures through which a group approaches, attacks, and solves a common problem. [NIH] Habitual: Of the nature of a habit; according to habit; established by or repeated by force of habit, customary. [EU] Health Behavior: Behaviors expressed by individuals to protect, maintain or promote their health status. For example, proper diet, and appropriate exercise are activities perceived to
Dictionary 133
influence health status. Life style is closely associated with health behavior and factors influencing life style are socioeconomic, educational, and cultural. [NIH] Health Education: Education that increases the awareness and favorably influences the attitudes and knowledge relating to the improvement of health on a personal or community basis. [NIH] Health Promotion: Encouraging consumer behaviors most likely to optimize health potentials (physical and psychosocial) through health information, preventive programs, and access to medical care. [NIH] Health Services: Services for the diagnosis and treatment of disease and the maintenance of health. [NIH] Health Status: The level of health of the individual, group, or population as subjectively assessed by the individual or by more objective measures. [NIH] Heart failure: Loss of pumping ability by the heart, often accompanied by fatigue, breathlessness, and excess fluid accumulation in body tissues. [NIH] Hemodialysis: The use of a machine to clean wastes from the blood after the kidneys have failed. The blood travels through tubes to a dialyzer, which removes wastes and extra fluid. The cleaned blood then flows through another set of tubes back into the body. [NIH] Hemorrhage: Bleeding or escape of blood from a vessel. [NIH] Histamine: 1H-Imidazole-4-ethanamine. A depressor amine derived by enzymatic decarboxylation of histidine. It is a powerful stimulant of gastric secretion, a constrictor of bronchial smooth muscle, a vasodilator, and also a centrally acting neurotransmitter. [NIH] HIV: Human immunodeficiency virus. Species of lentivirus, subgenus primate lentiviruses, formerly designated T-cell lymphotropic virus type III/lymphadenopathy-associated virus (HTLV-III/LAV). It is acknowledged to be the agent responsible for the acute infectious manifestations, neurologic disorders, and immunologic abnormalities linked to the acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. [NIH] Holocaust: A massive slaughter, especially the systematic mass extermination of European Jews in Nazi concentration camps prior to and during World War II. [NIH] Homogeneous: Consisting of or composed of similar elements or ingredients; of a uniform quality throughout. [EU] Hormonal: Pertaining to or of the nature of a hormone. [EU] Hormone: A substance in the body that regulates certain organs. Hormones such as gastrin help in breaking down food. Some hormones come from cells in the stomach and small intestine. [NIH] Hospice: Institution dedicated to caring for the terminally ill. [NIH] Housekeeping: The care and management of property. [NIH] Human papillomavirus: HPV. A virus that causes abnormal tissue growth (warts) and is often associated with some types of cancer. [NIH] Hypersensitivity: Altered reactivity to an antigen, which can result in pathologic reactions upon subsequent exposure to that particular antigen. [NIH] Hypertension: Persistently high arterial blood pressure. Currently accepted threshold levels are 140 mm Hg systolic and 90 mm Hg diastolic pressure. [NIH] Hypotension: Abnormally low blood pressure. [NIH] Immune response: The activity of the immune system against foreign substances (antigens). [NIH]
134
Group Therapy
Immune system: The organs, cells, and molecules responsible for the recognition and disposal of foreign ("non-self") material which enters the body. [NIH] Immunodeficiency: The decreased ability of the body to fight infection and disease. [NIH] Immunodeficiency syndrome: The inability of the body to produce an immune response. [NIH]
Immunologic: The ability of the antibody-forming system to recall a previous experience with an antigen and to respond to a second exposure with the prompt production of large amounts of antibody. [NIH] Immunotherapy: Manipulation of the host's immune system in treatment of disease. It includes both active and passive immunization as well as immunosuppressive therapy to prevent graft rejection. [NIH] Impaction: The trapping of an object in a body passage. Examples are stones in the bile duct or hardened stool in the colon. [NIH] Impairment: In the context of health experience, an impairment is any loss or abnormality of psychological, physiological, or anatomical structure or function. [NIH] Incest: Sexual intercourse between persons so closely related that they are forbidden by law to marry. [NIH] Incontinence: Inability to control the flow of urine from the bladder (urinary incontinence) or the escape of stool from the rectum (fecal incontinence). [NIH] Induction: The act or process of inducing or causing to occur, especially the production of a specific morphogenetic effect in the developing embryo through the influence of evocators or organizers, or the production of anaesthesia or unconsciousness by use of appropriate agents. [EU] Infancy: The period of complete dependency prior to the acquisition of competence in walking, talking, and self-feeding. [NIH] Infarction: A pathological process consisting of a sudden insufficient blood supply to an area, which results in necrosis of that area. It is usually caused by a thrombus, an embolus, or a vascular torsion. [NIH] Infection: 1. Invasion and multiplication of microorganisms in body tissues, which may be clinically unapparent or result in local cellular injury due to competitive metabolism, toxins, intracellular replication, or antigen-antibody response. The infection may remain localized, subclinical, and temporary if the body's defensive mechanisms are effective. A local infection may persist and spread by extension to become an acute, subacute, or chronic clinical infection or disease state. A local infection may also become systemic when the microorganisms gain access to the lymphatic or vascular system. 2. An infectious disease. [EU]
Informed Consent: Voluntary authorization, given to the physician by the patient, with full comprehension of the risks involved, for diagnostic or investigative procedures and medical and surgical treatment. [NIH] Inpatients: Persons admitted to health facilities which provide board and room, for the purpose of observation, care, diagnosis or treatment. [NIH] Insight: The capacity to understand one's own motives, to be aware of one's own psychodynamics, to appreciate the meaning of symbolic behavior. [NIH] Insomnia: Difficulty in going to sleep or getting enough sleep. [NIH] Insulator: Material covering the metal conductor of the lead. It is usually polyurethane or silicone. [NIH]
Dictionary 135
Intensive Care: Advanced and highly specialized care provided to medical or surgical patients whose conditions are life-threatening and require comprehensive care and constant monitoring. It is usually administered in specially equipped units of a health care facility. [NIH]
Intermittent: Occurring at separated intervals; having periods of cessation of activity. [EU] Intestine: A long, tube-shaped organ in the abdomen that completes the process of digestion. There is both a large intestine and a small intestine. Also called the bowel. [NIH] Intoxication: Poisoning, the state of being poisoned. [EU] Intracellular: Inside a cell. [NIH] Intracranial Hypertension: Increased pressure within the cranial vault. This may result from several conditions, including hydrocephalus; brain edema; intracranial masses; severe systemic hypertension; pseudotumor cerebri; and other disorders. [NIH] Irritable Bowel Syndrome: A disorder that comes and goes. Nerves that control the muscles in the GI tract are too active. The GI tract becomes sensitive to food, stool, gas, and stress. Causes abdominal pain, bloating, and constipation or diarrhea. Also called spastic colon or mucous colitis. [NIH] Isradipine: 4-(4-Benzofurazanyl)-1,4-dihydro-2,6-dimethyl-3,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid methyl 1-methyl ethyl ester. A potent calcium channel antagonist that is highly selective for vascular smooth muscle. It is effective in the treatment of chronic stable angina pectoris, hypertension, and congestive cardiac failure. [NIH] Kb: A measure of the length of DNA fragments, 1 Kb = 1000 base pairs. The largest DNA fragments are up to 50 kilobases long. [NIH] Labile: 1. Gliding; moving from point to point over the surface; unstable; fluctuating. 2. Chemically unstable. [EU] Latency: The period of apparent inactivity between the time when a stimulus is presented and the moment a response occurs. [NIH] Lentivirus: A genus of the family Retroviridae consisting of non-oncogenic retroviruses that produce multi-organ diseases characterized by long incubation periods and persistent infection. Lentiviruses are unique in that they contain open reading frames (ORFs) between the pol and env genes and in the 3' env region. Five serogroups are recognized, reflecting the mammalian hosts with which they are associated. HIV-1 is the type species. [NIH] Life cycle: The successive stages through which an organism passes from fertilized ovum or spore to the fertilized ovum or spore of the next generation. [NIH] Ligament: A band of fibrous tissue that connects bones or cartilages, serving to support and strengthen joints. [EU] Lipid: Fat. [NIH] Lithium: An element in the alkali metals family. It has the atomic symbol Li, atomic number 3, and atomic weight 6.94. Salts of lithium are used in treating manic-depressive disorders. [NIH]
Liver: A large, glandular organ located in the upper abdomen. The liver cleanses the blood and aids in digestion by secreting bile. [NIH] Local Government: Smallest political subdivisions within a country at which general governmental functions are carried-out. [NIH] Localized: Cancer which has not metastasized yet. [NIH] Loneliness: The state of feeling sad or dejected as a result of lack of companionship or being separated from others. [NIH]
136
Group Therapy
Long-Term Care: Care over an extended period, usually for a chronic condition or disability, requiring periodic, intermittent, or continuous care. [NIH] Lymph: The almost colorless fluid that travels through the lymphatic system and carries cells that help fight infection and disease. [NIH] Lymph node: A rounded mass of lymphatic tissue that is surrounded by a capsule of connective tissue. Also known as a lymph gland. Lymph nodes are spread out along lymphatic vessels and contain many lymphocytes, which filter the lymphatic fluid (lymph). [NIH]
Lymphadenopathy: Disease or swelling of the lymph nodes. [NIH] Lymphatic: The tissues and organs, including the bone marrow, spleen, thymus, and lymph nodes, that produce and store cells that fight infection and disease. [NIH] Lymphocyte: A white blood cell. Lymphocytes have a number of roles in the immune system, including the production of antibodies and other substances that fight infection and diseases. [NIH] Lymphocyte Count: A count of the number of lymphocytes in the blood. [NIH] Lymphoid: Referring to lymphocytes, a type of white blood cell. Also refers to tissue in which lymphocytes develop. [NIH] Lymphoma: A general term for various neoplastic diseases of the lymphoid tissue. [NIH] Manic: Affected with mania. [EU] Marital Therapy: A form of psychotherapy involving the husband and wife and directed to improving the marital relationship. [NIH] Mediate: Indirect; accomplished by the aid of an intervening medium. [EU] Mediator: An object or substance by which something is mediated, such as (1) a structure of the nervous system that transmits impulses eliciting a specific response; (2) a chemical substance (transmitter substance) that induces activity in an excitable tissue, such as nerve or muscle; or (3) a substance released from cells as the result of the interaction of antigen with antibody or by the action of antigen with a sensitized lymphocyte. [EU] MEDLINE: An online database of MEDLARS, the computerized bibliographic Medical Literature Analysis and Retrieval System of the National Library of Medicine. [NIH] Membrane: A very thin layer of tissue that covers a surface. [NIH] Memory: Complex mental function having four distinct phases: (1) memorizing or learning, (2) retention, (3) recall, and (4) recognition. Clinically, it is usually subdivided into immediate, recent, and remote memory. [NIH] Menopause: Permanent cessation of menstruation. [NIH] Menstruation: The normal physiologic discharge through the vagina of blood and mucosal tissues from the nonpregnant uterus. [NIH] Mental: Pertaining to the mind; psychic. 2. (L. mentum chin) pertaining to the chin. [EU] Mental Disorders: Psychiatric illness or diseases manifested by breakdowns in the adaptational process expressed primarily as abnormalities of thought, feeling, and behavior producing either distress or impairment of function. [NIH] Mental Health: The state wherein the person is well adjusted. [NIH] Mental Health Services: Organized services to provide mental health care. [NIH] Mental Processes: Conceptual functions or thinking in all its forms. [NIH] Mesolimbic: Inner brain region governing emotion and drives. [NIH]
Dictionary 137
Metastasis: The spread of cancer from one part of the body to another. Tumors formed from cells that have spread are called "secondary tumors" and contain cells that are like those in the original (primary) tumor. The plural is metastases. [NIH] Metastatic: Having to do with metastasis, which is the spread of cancer from one part of the body to another. [NIH] Methamphetamine: A central nervous system stimulant and sympathomimetic with actions and uses similar to dextroamphetamine. The smokable form is a drug of abuse and is referred to as crank, crystal, crystal meth, ice, and speed. [NIH] MI: Myocardial infarction. Gross necrosis of the myocardium as a result of interruption of the blood supply to the area; it is almost always caused by atherosclerosis of the coronary arteries, upon which coronary thrombosis is usually superimposed. [NIH] Microbiology: The study of microorganisms such as fungi, bacteria, algae, archaea, and viruses. [NIH] Military Psychiatry: Branch of psychiatry concerned with problems related to the prevention, diagnosis, etiology, and treatment of mental or emotional disorders of Armed Forces personnel. [NIH] Mobility: Capability of movement, of being moved, or of flowing freely. [EU] Modeling: A treatment procedure whereby the therapist presents the target behavior which the learner is to imitate and make part of his repertoire. [NIH] Modification: A change in an organism, or in a process in an organism, that is acquired from its own activity or environment. [NIH] Molecular: Of, pertaining to, or composed of molecules : a very small mass of matter. [EU] Molecule: A chemical made up of two or more atoms. The atoms in a molecule can be the same (an oxygen molecule has two oxygen atoms) or different (a water molecule has two hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom). Biological molecules, such as proteins and DNA, can be made up of many thousands of atoms. [NIH] Monitor: An apparatus which automatically records such physiological signs as respiration, pulse, and blood pressure in an anesthetized patient or one undergoing surgical or other procedures. [NIH] Monoamine: Enzyme that breaks down dopamine in the astrocytes and microglia. [NIH] Mood Disorders: Those disorders that have a disturbance in mood as their predominant feature. [NIH] Morphine: The principal alkaloid in opium and the prototype opiate analgesic and narcotic. Morphine has widespread effects in the central nervous system and on smooth muscle. [NIH] Motility: The ability to move spontaneously. [EU] Multiple sclerosis: A disorder of the central nervous system marked by weakness, numbness, a loss of muscle coordination, and problems with vision, speech, and bladder control. Multiple sclerosis is thought to be an autoimmune disease in which the body's immune system destroys myelin. Myelin is a substance that contains both protein and fat (lipid) and serves as a nerve insulator and helps in the transmission of nerve signals. [NIH] Myelin: The fatty substance that covers and protects nerves. [NIH] Myocardial infarction: Gross necrosis of the myocardium as a result of interruption of the blood supply to the area; it is almost always caused by atherosclerosis of the coronary arteries, upon which coronary thrombosis is usually superimposed. [NIH] Myocardial Ischemia: A disorder of cardiac function caused by insufficient blood flow to the muscle tissue of the heart. The decreased blood flow may be due to narrowing of the
138
Group Therapy
coronary arteries (coronary arteriosclerosis), to obstruction by a thrombus (coronary thrombosis), or less commonly, to diffuse narrowing of arterioles and other small vessels within the heart. Severe interruption of the blood supply to the myocardial tissue may result in necrosis of cardiac muscle (myocardial infarction). [NIH] Myocardium: The muscle tissue of the heart composed of striated, involuntary muscle known as cardiac muscle. [NIH] Nausea: An unpleasant sensation in the stomach usually accompanied by the urge to vomit. Common causes are early pregnancy, sea and motion sickness, emotional stress, intense pain, food poisoning, and various enteroviruses. [NIH] Necrosis: A pathological process caused by the progressive degradative action of enzymes that is generally associated with severe cellular trauma. It is characterized by mitochondrial swelling, nuclear flocculation, uncontrolled cell lysis, and ultimately cell death. [NIH] Neoplasia: Abnormal and uncontrolled cell growth. [NIH] Neoplastic: Pertaining to or like a neoplasm (= any new and abnormal growth); pertaining to neoplasia (= the formation of a neoplasm). [EU] Nerve: A cordlike structure of nervous tissue that connects parts of the nervous system with other tissues of the body and conveys nervous impulses to, or away from, these tissues. [NIH] Nervous System: The entire nerve apparatus composed of the brain, spinal cord, nerves and ganglia. [NIH] Neuroleptic: A term coined to refer to the effects on cognition and behaviour of antipsychotic drugs, which produce a state of apathy, lack of initiative, and limited range of emotion and in psychotic patients cause a reduction in confusion and agitation and normalization of psychomotor activity. [EU] Neurologic: Having to do with nerves or the nervous system. [NIH] Neuromuscular: Pertaining to muscles and nerves. [EU] Neurons: The basic cellular units of nervous tissue. Each neuron consists of a body, an axon, and dendrites. Their purpose is to receive, conduct, and transmit impulses in the nervous system. [NIH] Neurosis: Functional derangement due to disorders of the nervous system which does not affect the psychic personality of the patient. [NIH] Nicotine: Nicotine is highly toxic alkaloid. It is the prototypical agonist at nicotinic cholinergic receptors where it dramatically stimulates neurons and ultimately blocks synaptic transmission. Nicotine is also important medically because of its presence in tobacco smoke. [NIH] Nonverbal Communication: Transmission of emotions, ideas, and attitudes between individuals in ways other than the spoken language. [NIH] Nuclear: A test of the structure, blood flow, and function of the kidneys. The doctor injects a mildly radioactive solution into an arm vein and uses x-rays to monitor its progress through the kidneys. [NIH] Nuclear Family: A family composed of spouses and their children. [NIH] Nursing Process: The sum total of nursing activities which includes assessment (identifying needs), intervention (ministering to needs), and evaluation (validating the effectiveness of the help given). [NIH] Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder: An anxiety disorder characterized by recurrent, persistent obsessions or compulsions. Obsessions are the intrusive ideas, thoughts, or images that are experienced as senseless or repugnant. Compulsions are repetitive and seemingly
Dictionary 139
purposeful behavior which the individual generally recognizes as senseless and from which the individual does not derive pleasure although it may provide a release from tension. [NIH] Oncology: The study of cancer. [NIH] Oncology nurse: A nurse who specializes in treating and caring for people who have cancer. [NIH]
On-line: A sexually-reproducing population derived from a common parentage. [NIH] Opacity: Degree of density (area most dense taken for reading). [NIH] Opiate: A remedy containing or derived from opium; also any drug that induces sleep. [EU] Opium: The air-dried exudate from the unripe seed capsule of the opium poppy, Papaver somniferum, or its variant, P. album. It contains a number of alkaloids, but only a few morphine, codeine, and papaverine - have clinical significance. Opium has been used as an analgesic, antitussive, antidiarrheal, and antispasmodic. [NIH] Orthostatic: Pertaining to or caused by standing erect. [EU] Osteoporosis: Reduction of bone mass without alteration in the composition of bone, leading to fractures. Primary osteoporosis can be of two major types: postmenopausal osteoporosis and age-related (or senile) osteoporosis. [NIH] Outpatient: A patient who is not an inmate of a hospital but receives diagnosis or treatment in a clinic or dispensary connected with the hospital. [NIH] Overcorrection: A complication of refractive surgery where the achieved amount of correction is more than desired. [NIH] Overweight: An excess of body weight but not necessarily body fat; a body mass index of 25 to 29.9 kg/m2. [NIH] Ovum: A female germ cell extruded from the ovary at ovulation. [NIH] Palliative: 1. Affording relief, but not cure. 2. An alleviating medicine. [EU] Panic: A state of extreme acute, intense anxiety and unreasoning fear accompanied by disorganization of personality function. [NIH] Panic Disorder: A type of anxiety disorder characterized by unexpected panic attacks that last minutes or, rarely, hours. Panic attacks begin with intense apprehension, fear or terror and, often, a feeling of impending doom. Symptoms experienced during a panic attack include dyspnea or sensations of being smothered; dizziness, loss of balance or faintness; choking sensations; palpitations or accelerated heart rate; shakiness; sweating; nausea or other form of abdominal distress; depersonalization or derealization; paresthesias; hot flashes or chills; chest discomfort or pain; fear of dying and fear of not being in control of oneself or going crazy. Agoraphobia may also develop. Similar to other anxiety disorders, it may be inherited as an autosomal dominant trait. [NIH] Papillomavirus: A genus of Papovaviridae causing proliferation of the epithelium, which may lead to malignancy. A wide range of animals are infected including humans, chimpanzees, cattle, rabbits, dogs, and horses. [NIH] Parent-Child Relations: The interactions between parent and child. [NIH] Paresthesias: Abnormal touch sensations, such as burning or prickling, that occur without an outside stimulus. [NIH] Parkinsonism: A group of neurological disorders characterized by hypokinesia, tremor, and muscular rigidity. [EU] Partial remission: The shrinking, but not complete disappearance, of a tumor in response to therapy. Also called partial response. [NIH]
140
Group Therapy
Partnership Practice: A voluntary contract between two or more doctors who may or may not share responsibility for the care of patients, with proportional sharing of profits and losses. [NIH] Pathologic: 1. Indicative of or caused by a morbid condition. 2. Pertaining to pathology (= branch of medicine that treats the essential nature of the disease, especially the structural and functional changes in tissues and organs of the body caused by the disease). [EU] Pathologist: A doctor who identifies diseases by studying cells and tissues under a microscope. [NIH] Patient Education: The teaching or training of patients concerning their own health needs. [NIH]
Patient Satisfaction: The degree to which the individual regards the health care service or product or the manner in which it is delivered by the provider as useful, effective, or beneficial. [NIH] Peer Review: An organized procedure carried out by a select committee of professionals in evaluating the performance of other professionals in meeting the standards of their specialty. Review by peers is used by editors in the evaluation of articles and other papers submitted for publication. Peer review is used also in the evaluation of grant applications. It is applied also in evaluating the quality of health care provided to patients. [NIH] Pelvic: Pertaining to the pelvis. [EU] Perceived risk: Estimate or evaluation of risk as observed through personal experience or personal study, and personal evaluation of consequences. [NIH] Perception: The ability quickly and accurately to recognize similarities and differences among presented objects, whether these be pairs of words, pairs of number series, or multiple sets of these or other symbols such as geometric figures. [NIH] Personality Disorders: A major deviation from normal patterns of behavior. [NIH] Pharmacologic: Pertaining to pharmacology or to the properties and reactions of drugs. [EU] Pharmacotherapy: A regimen of using appetite suppressant medications to manage obesity by decreasing appetite or increasing the feeling of satiety. These medications decrease appetite by increasing serotonin or catecholamine—two brain chemicals that affect mood and appetite. [NIH] Phobia: A persistent, irrational, intense fear of a specific object, activity, or situation (the phobic stimulus), fear that is recognized as being excessive or unreasonable by the individual himself. When a phobia is a significant source of distress or interferes with social functioning, it is considered a mental disorder; phobic disorder (or neurosis). In DSM III phobic disorders are subclassified as agoraphobia, social phobias, and simple phobias. Used as a word termination denoting irrational fear of or aversion to the subject indicated by the stem to which it is affixed. [EU] Phobic Disorders: Anxiety disorders in which the essential feature is persistent and irrational fear of a specific object, activity, or situation that the individual feels compelled to avoid. The individual recognizes the fear as excessive or unreasonable. [NIH] Phosphorus: A non-metallic element that is found in the blood, muscles, nevers, bones, and teeth, and is a component of adenosine triphosphate (ATP; the primary energy source for the body's cells.) [NIH] Pilot study: The initial study examining a new method or treatment. [NIH] Plants: Multicellular, eukaryotic life forms of the kingdom Plantae. They are characterized by a mainly photosynthetic mode of nutrition; essentially unlimited growth at localized regions of cell divisions (meristems); cellulose within cells providing rigidity; the absence of
Dictionary 141
organs of locomotion; absense of nervous and sensory systems; and an alteration of haploid and diploid generations. [NIH] Pneumonia: Inflammation of the lungs. [NIH] Posterior: Situated in back of, or in the back part of, or affecting the back or dorsal surface of the body. In lower animals, it refers to the caudal end of the body. [EU] Postmenopausal: Refers to the time after menopause. Menopause is the time in a woman's life when menstrual periods stop permanently; also called "change of life." [NIH] Postnatal: Occurring after birth, with reference to the newborn. [EU] Post-traumatic: Occurring as a result of or after injury. [EU] Practicability: A non-standard characteristic of an analytical procedure. It is dependent on the scope of the method and is determined by requirements such as sample throughout and costs. [NIH] Practice Guidelines: Directions or principles presenting current or future rules of policy for the health care practitioner to assist him in patient care decisions regarding diagnosis, therapy, or related clinical circumstances. The guidelines may be developed by government agencies at any level, institutions, professional societies, governing boards, or by the convening of expert panels. The guidelines form a basis for the evaluation of all aspects of health care and delivery. [NIH] Prevalence: The total number of cases of a given disease in a specified population at a designated time. It is differentiated from incidence, which refers to the number of new cases in the population at a given time. [NIH] Private Practice: Practice of a health profession by an individual, offering services on a person-to-person basis, as opposed to group or partnership practice. [NIH] Prognostic factor: A situation or condition, or a characteristic of a patient, that can be used to estimate the chance of recovery from a disease, or the chance of the disease recurring (coming back). [NIH] Progression: Increase in the size of a tumor or spread of cancer in the body. [NIH] Progressive: Advancing; going forward; going from bad to worse; increasing in scope or severity. [EU] Prospective Studies: Observation of a population for a sufficient number of persons over a sufficient number of years to generate incidence or mortality rates subsequent to the selection of the study group. [NIH] Prostate: A gland in males that surrounds the neck of the bladder and the urethra. It secretes a substance that liquifies coagulated semen. It is situated in the pelvic cavity behind the lower part of the pubic symphysis, above the deep layer of the triangular ligament, and rests upon the rectum. [NIH] Protein S: The vitamin K-dependent cofactor of activated protein C. Together with protein C, it inhibits the action of factors VIIIa and Va. A deficiency in protein S can lead to recurrent venous and arterial thrombosis. [NIH] Proteins: Polymers of amino acids linked by peptide bonds. The specific sequence of amino acids determines the shape and function of the protein. [NIH] Proteolytic: 1. Pertaining to, characterized by, or promoting proteolysis. 2. An enzyme that promotes proteolysis (= the splitting of proteins by hydrolysis of the peptide bonds with formation of smaller polypeptides). [EU] Protocol: The detailed plan for a clinical trial that states the trial's rationale, purpose, drug or vaccine dosages, length of study, routes of administration, who may participate, and other
142
Group Therapy
aspects of trial design. [NIH] Psychiatric: Pertaining to or within the purview of psychiatry. [EU] Psychiatry: The medical science that deals with the origin, diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of mental disorders. [NIH] Psychic: Pertaining to the psyche or to the mind; mental. [EU] Psychoactive: Those drugs which alter sensation, mood, consciousness or other psychological or behavioral functions. [NIH] Psychoanalytic Therapy: A form of psychiatric treatment, based on Freudian principles, which seeks to eliminate or diminish the undesirable effects of unconscious conflicts by making the patient aware of their existence, origin, and inappropriate expression in current emotions and behavior. [NIH] Psychodrama: Primarily a technique of group psychotherapy which involves a structure, directed, and dramatized acting out of the patient's personal and emotional problems. [NIH] Psychology: The science dealing with the study of mental processes and behavior in man and animals. [NIH] Psychomotor: Pertaining to motor effects of cerebral or psychic activity. [EU] Psychopathology: The study of significant causes and processes in the development of mental illness. [NIH] Psychosis: A mental disorder characterized by gross impairment in reality testing as evidenced by delusions, hallucinations, markedly incoherent speech, or disorganized and agitated behaviour without apparent awareness on the part of the patient of the incomprehensibility of his behaviour; the term is also used in a more general sense to refer to mental disorders in which mental functioning is sufficiently impaired as to interfere grossly with the patient's capacity to meet the ordinary demands of life. Historically, the term has been applied to many conditions, e.g. manic-depressive psychosis, that were first described in psychotic patients, although many patients with the disorder are not judged psychotic. [EU] Psychosomatic: Pertaining to the mind-body relationship; having bodily symptoms of psychic, emotional, or mental origin; called also psychophysiologic. [EU] Psychotherapy: A generic term for the treatment of mental illness or emotional disturbances primarily by verbal or nonverbal communication. [NIH] Psychotomimetic: Psychosis miming. [NIH] Psychotropic: Exerting an effect upon the mind; capable of modifying mental activity; usually applied to drugs that effect the mental state. [EU] Public Assistance: Financial assistance to impoverished persons for the essentials of living through federal, state or local government programs. [NIH] Public Health: Branch of medicine concerned with the prevention and control of disease and disability, and the promotion of physical and mental health of the population on the international, national, state, or municipal level. [NIH] Public Policy: A course or method of action selected, usually by a government, from among alternatives to guide and determine present and future decisions. [NIH] Quality of Health Care: The levels of excellence which characterize the health service or health care provided based on accepted standards of quality. [NIH] Quality of Life: A generic concept reflecting concern with the modification and enhancement of life attributes, e.g., physical, political, moral and social environment. [NIH]
Dictionary 143
Radiation: Emission or propagation of electromagnetic energy (waves/rays), or the waves/rays themselves; a stream of electromagnetic particles (electrons, neutrons, protons, alpha particles) or a mixture of these. The most common source is the sun. [NIH] Radioactive: Giving off radiation. [NIH] Random Allocation: A process involving chance used in therapeutic trials or other research endeavor for allocating experimental subjects, human or animal, between treatment and control groups, or among treatment groups. It may also apply to experiments on inanimate objects. [NIH] Randomization: Also called random allocation. Is allocation of individuals to groups, e.g., for experimental and control regimens, by chance. Within the limits of chance variation, random allocation should make the control and experimental groups similar at the start of an investigation and ensure that personal judgment and prejudices of the investigator do not influence allocation. [NIH] Randomized: Describes an experiment or clinical trial in which animal or human subjects are assigned by chance to separate groups that compare different treatments. [NIH] Randomized clinical trial: A study in which the participants are assigned by chance to separate groups that compare different treatments; neither the researchers nor the participants can choose which group. Using chance to assign people to groups means that the groups will be similar and that the treatments they receive can be compared objectively. At the time of the trial, it is not known which treatment is best. It is the patient's choice to be in a randomized trial. [NIH] Reality Testing: The individual's objective evaluation of the external world and the ability to differentiate adequately between it and the internal world; considered to be a primary ego function. [NIH] Receptor: A molecule inside or on the surface of a cell that binds to a specific substance and causes a specific physiologic effect in the cell. [NIH] Rectum: The last 8 to 10 inches of the large intestine. [NIH] Recurrence: The return of a sign, symptom, or disease after a remission. [NIH] Refer: To send or direct for treatment, aid, information, de decision. [NIH] Regimen: A treatment plan that specifies the dosage, the schedule, and the duration of treatment. [NIH] Relapse: The return of signs and symptoms of cancer after a period of improvement. [NIH] Reliability: Used technically, in a statistical sense, of consistency of a test with itself, i. e. the extent to which we can assume that it will yield the same result if repeated a second time. [NIH]
Remission: A decrease in or disappearance of signs and symptoms of cancer. In partial remission, some, but not all, signs and symptoms of cancer have disappeared. In complete remission, all signs and symptoms of cancer have disappeared, although there still may be cancer in the body. [NIH] Respite Care: Patient care provided in the home or institution intermittently in order to provide temporary relief to the family home care giver. [NIH] Rheumatism: A group of disorders marked by inflammation or pain in the connective tissue structures of the body. These structures include bone, cartilage, and fat. [NIH] Rheumatoid: Resembling rheumatism. [EU] Rheumatoid arthritis: A form of arthritis, the cause of which is unknown, although infection, hypersensitivity, hormone imbalance and psychologic stress have been suggested
144
Group Therapy
as possible causes. [NIH] Risk factor: A habit, trait, condition, or genetic alteration that increases a person's chance of developing a disease. [NIH] Risperidone: A selective blocker of dopamine D2 and serotonin-5-HT-2 receptors that acts as an atypical antipsychotic agent. It has been shown to improve both positive and negative symptoms in the treatment of schizophrenia. [NIH] Schizoid: Having qualities resembling those found in greater degree in schizophrenics; a person of schizoid personality. [NIH] Schizophrenia: A mental disorder characterized by a special type of disintegration of the personality. [NIH] Schizotypal Personality Disorder: A personality disorder in which there are oddities of thought (magical thinking, paranoid ideation, suspiciousness), perception (illusions, depersonalization), speech (digressive, vague, overelaborate), and behavior (inappropriate affect in social interactions, frequently social isolation) that are not severe enough to characterize schizophrenia. [NIH] Sclerosis: A pathological process consisting of hardening or fibrosis of an anatomical structure, often a vessel or a nerve. [NIH] Screening: Checking for disease when there are no symptoms. [NIH] Sediment: A precipitate, especially one that is formed spontaneously. [EU] Seizures: Clinical or subclinical disturbances of cortical function due to a sudden, abnormal, excessive, and disorganized discharge of brain cells. Clinical manifestations include abnormal motor, sensory and psychic phenomena. Recurrent seizures are usually referred to as epilepsy or "seizure disorder." [NIH] Semen: The thick, yellowish-white, viscid fluid secretion of male reproductive organs discharged upon ejaculation. In addition to reproductive organ secretions, it contains spermatozoa and their nutrient plasma. [NIH] Senile: Relating or belonging to old age; characteristic of old age; resulting from infirmity of old age. [NIH] Serotonin: A biochemical messenger and regulator, synthesized from the essential amino acid L-tryptophan. In humans it is found primarily in the central nervous system, gastrointestinal tract, and blood platelets. Serotonin mediates several important physiological functions including neurotransmission, gastrointestinal motility, hemostasis, and cardiovascular integrity. Multiple receptor families (receptors, serotonin) explain the broad physiological actions and distribution of this biochemical mediator. [NIH] Serum: The clear liquid part of the blood that remains after blood cells and clotting proteins have been removed. [NIH] Shock: The general bodily disturbance following a severe injury; an emotional or moral upset occasioned by some disturbing or unexpected experience; disruption of the circulation, which can upset all body functions: sometimes referred to as circulatory shock. [NIH]
Side effect: A consequence other than the one(s) for which an agent or measure is used, as the adverse effects produced by a drug, especially on a tissue or organ system other than the one sought to be benefited by its administration. [EU] Sign Language: A system of hand gestures used for communication by the deaf or by people speaking different languages. [NIH] Signs and Symptoms: Clinical manifestations that can be either objective when observed by
Dictionary 145
a physician, or subjective when perceived by the patient. [NIH] Smoking Cessation: Discontinuation of the habit of smoking, the inhaling and exhaling of tobacco smoke. [NIH] Smooth muscle: Muscle that performs automatic tasks, such as constricting blood vessels. [NIH]
Social Distance: The degree of closeness or acceptance an individual or group feels toward another individual or group. [NIH] Social Environment: The aggregate of social and cultural institutions, forms, patterns, and processes that influence the life of an individual or community. [NIH] Social Isolation: The separation of individuals or groups resulting in the lack of or minimizing of social contact and/or communication. This separation may be accomplished by physical separation, by social barriers and by psychological mechanisms. In the latter, there may be interaction but no real communication. [NIH] Social psychology: The branch of psychology concerned with mental processes operating in social groups. [NIH] Social Support: Support systems that provide assistance and encouragement to individuals with physical or emotional disabilities in order that they may better cope. Informal social support is usually provided by friends, relatives, or peers, while formal assistance is provided by churches, groups, etc. [NIH] Socialization: The training or molding of an individual through various relationships, educational agencies, and social controls, which enables him to become a member of a particular society. [NIH] Sodium: An element that is a member of the alkali group of metals. It has the atomic symbol Na, atomic number 11, and atomic weight 23. With a valence of 1, it has a strong affinity for oxygen and other nonmetallic elements. Sodium provides the chief cation of the extracellular body fluids. Its salts are the most widely used in medicine. (From Dorland, 27th ed) Physiologically the sodium ion plays a major role in blood pressure regulation, maintenance of fluid volume, and electrolyte balance. [NIH] Sound wave: An alteration of properties of an elastic medium, such as pressure, particle displacement, or density, that propagates through the medium, or a superposition of such alterations. [NIH] Spastic: 1. Of the nature of or characterized by spasms. 2. Hypertonic, so that the muscles are stiff and the movements awkward. 3. A person exhibiting spasticity, such as occurs in spastic paralysis or in cerebral palsy. [EU] Specialist: In medicine, one who concentrates on 1 special branch of medical science. [NIH] Specificity: Degree of selectivity shown by an antibody with respect to the number and types of antigens with which the antibody combines, as well as with respect to the rates and the extents of these reactions. [NIH] Speech pathologist: A specialist who evaluates and treats people with communication and swallowing problems. Also called a speech therapist. [NIH] Squamous: Scaly, or platelike. [EU] Standard therapy: A currently accepted and widely used treatment for a certain type of cancer, based on the results of past research. [NIH] Steroid: A group name for lipids that contain a hydrogenated cyclopentanoperhydrophenanthrene ring system. Some of the substances included in this group are progesterone, adrenocortical hormones, the gonadal hormones, cardiac aglycones,
146
Group Therapy
bile acids, sterols (such as cholesterol), toad poisons, saponins, and some of the carcinogenic hydrocarbons. [EU] Stimulant: 1. Producing stimulation; especially producing stimulation by causing tension on muscle fibre through the nervous tissue. 2. An agent or remedy that produces stimulation. [EU]
Stimulus: That which can elicit or evoke action (response) in a muscle, nerve, gland or other excitable issue, or cause an augmenting action upon any function or metabolic process. [NIH] Stomach: An organ of digestion situated in the left upper quadrant of the abdomen between the termination of the esophagus and the beginning of the duodenum. [NIH] Stool: The waste matter discharged in a bowel movement; feces. [NIH] Stress: Forcibly exerted influence; pressure. Any condition or situation that causes strain or tension. Stress may be either physical or psychologic, or both. [NIH] Stroke: Sudden loss of function of part of the brain because of loss of blood flow. Stroke may be caused by a clot (thrombosis) or rupture (hemorrhage) of a blood vessel to the brain. [NIH] Subacute: Somewhat acute; between acute and chronic. [EU] Subclinical: Without clinical manifestations; said of the early stage(s) of an infection or other disease or abnormality before symptoms and signs become apparent or detectable by clinical examination or laboratory tests, or of a very mild form of an infection or other disease or abnormality. [EU] Superego: The component of the personality associated with ethics, standards, and selfcriticism - the "conscience". It is derived mainly from identification with parents and parent substitutes. [NIH] Support group: A group of people with similar disease who meet to discuss how better to cope with their cancer and treatment. [NIH] Sympathomimetic: 1. Mimicking the effects of impulses conveyed by adrenergic postganglionic fibres of the sympathetic nervous system. 2. An agent that produces effects similar to those of impulses conveyed by adrenergic postganglionic fibres of the sympathetic nervous system. Called also adrenergic. [EU] Symphysis: A secondary cartilaginous joint. [NIH] Symptomatic: Having to do with symptoms, which are signs of a condition or disease. [NIH] Symptomatology: 1. That branch of medicine with treats of symptoms; the systematic discussion of symptoms. 2. The combined symptoms of a disease. [EU] Synaptic: Pertaining to or affecting a synapse (= site of functional apposition between neurons, at which an impulse is transmitted from one neuron to another by electrical or chemical means); pertaining to synapsis (= pairing off in point-for-point association of homologous chromosomes from the male and female pronuclei during the early prophase of meiosis). [EU] Synaptic Transmission: The communication from a neuron to a target (neuron, muscle, or secretory cell) across a synapse. In chemical synaptic transmission, the presynaptic neuron releases a neurotransmitter that diffuses across the synaptic cleft and binds to specific synaptic receptors. These activated receptors modulate ion channels and/or secondmessenger systems to influence the postsynaptic cell. Electrical transmission is less common in the nervous system, and, as in other tissues, is mediated by gap junctions. [NIH] Systemic: Affecting the entire body. [NIH] Tardive: Marked by lateness, late; said of a disease in which the characteristic lesion is late in appearing. [EU]
Dictionary 147
Therapeutic Community: Psychotherapeutic technique which emphasizes socioenvironmental and interpersonal influences in the resocialization and rehabilitation of the patient. The setting is usually a hospital unit or ward in which professional and nonprofessional staff interact with the patients. [NIH] Therapeutics: The branch of medicine which is concerned with the treatment of diseases, palliative or curative. [NIH] Thrombosis: The formation or presence of a blood clot inside a blood vessel. [NIH] Tinnitus: Sounds that are perceived in the absence of any external noise source which may take the form of buzzing, ringing, clicking, pulsations, and other noises. Objective tinnitus refers to noises generated from within the ear or adjacent structures that can be heard by other individuals. The term subjective tinnitus is used when the sound is audible only to the affected individual. Tinnitus may occur as a manifestation of cochlear diseases; vestibulocochlear nerve diseases; intracranial hypertension; craniocerebral trauma; and other conditions. [NIH] Tissue: A group or layer of cells that are alike in type and work together to perform a specific function. [NIH] Tolerance: 1. The ability to endure unusually large doses of a drug or toxin. 2. Acquired drug tolerance; a decreasing response to repeated constant doses of a drug or the need for increasing doses to maintain a constant response. [EU] Tone: 1. The normal degree of vigour and tension; in muscle, the resistance to passive elongation or stretch; tonus. 2. A particular quality of sound or of voice. 3. To make permanent, or to change, the colour of silver stain by chemical treatment, usually with a heavy metal. [EU] Tonic: 1. Producing and restoring the normal tone. 2. Characterized by continuous tension. 3. A term formerly used for a class of medicinal preparations believed to have the power of restoring normal tone to tissue. [EU] Toxic: Having to do with poison or something harmful to the body. Toxic substances usually cause unwanted side effects. [NIH] Toxicity: The quality of being poisonous, especially the degree of virulence of a toxic microbe or of a poison. [EU] Toxicology: The science concerned with the detection, chemical composition, and pharmacologic action of toxic substances or poisons and the treatment and prevention of toxic manifestations. [NIH] Toxins: Specific, characterizable, poisonous chemicals, often proteins, with specific biological properties, including immunogenicity, produced by microbes, higher plants, or animals. [NIH] Transactional Analysis: A psychoanalytic therapy wherein each social transaction is analyzed to determine the involved ego state (whether parent-like, child-like, or adult-like) as a basis for understanding behavior. [NIH] Transfection: The uptake of naked or purified DNA into cells, usually eukaryotic. It is analogous to bacterial transformation. [NIH] Translating: Conversion from one language to another language. [NIH] Transmitter: A chemical substance which effects the passage of nerve impulses from one cell to the other at the synapse. [NIH] Trauma: Any injury, wound, or shock, must frequently physical or structural shock, producing a disturbance. [NIH]
148
Group Therapy
Treatment Outcome: Evaluation undertaken to assess the results or consequences of management and procedures used in combating disease in order to determine the efficacy, effectiveness, safety, practicability, etc., of these interventions in individual cases or series. [NIH]
Trigger zone: Dolorogenic zone (= producing or causing pain). [EU] Urethra: The tube through which urine leaves the body. It empties urine from the bladder. [NIH]
Urinalysis: Examination of urine by chemical, physical, or microscopic means. Routine urinalysis usually includes performing chemical screening tests, determining specific gravity, observing any unusual color or odor, screening for bacteriuria, and examining the sediment microscopically. [NIH] Urinary: Having to do with urine or the organs of the body that produce and get rid of urine. [NIH] Urine: Fluid containing water and waste products. Urine is made by the kidneys, stored in the bladder, and leaves the body through the urethra. [NIH] Uterus: The small, hollow, pear-shaped organ in a woman's pelvis. This is the organ in which a fetus develops. Also called the womb. [NIH] Vaccines: Suspensions of killed or attenuated microorganisms (bacteria, viruses, fungi, protozoa, or rickettsiae), antigenic proteins derived from them, or synthetic constructs, administered for the prevention, amelioration, or treatment of infectious and other diseases. [NIH]
Vagina: The muscular canal extending from the uterus to the exterior of the body. Also called the birth canal. [NIH] Vascular: Pertaining to blood vessels or indicative of a copious blood supply. [EU] VE: The total volume of gas either inspired or expired in one minute. [NIH] Vein: Vessel-carrying blood from various parts of the body to the heart. [NIH] Vestibulocochlear Nerve: The 8th cranial nerve. The vestibulocochlear nerve has a cochlear part (cochlear nerve) which is concerned with hearing and a vestibular part (vestibular nerve) which mediates the sense of balance and head position. The fibers of the cochlear nerve originate from neurons of the spiral ganglion and project to the cochlear nuclei (cochlear nucleus). The fibers of the vestibular nerve arise from neurons of Scarpa's ganglion and project to the vestibular nuclei. [NIH] Vestibulocochlear Nerve Diseases: Diseases of the vestibular and/or cochlear (acoustic) nerves, which join to form the vestibulocochlear nerve. Vestibular neuritis, cochlear neuritis, and acoustic neuromas are relatively common conditions that affect these nerves. Clinical manifestations vary with which nerve is primarily affected, and include hearing loss, vertigo, and tinnitus. [NIH] Veterinary Medicine: The medical science concerned with the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of diseases in animals. [NIH] Virus: Submicroscopic organism that causes infectious disease. In cancer therapy, some viruses may be made into vaccines that help the body build an immune response to, and kill, tumor cells. [NIH] War: Hostile conflict between organized groups of people. [NIH] Warts: Benign epidermal proliferations or tumors; some are viral in origin. [NIH] White blood cell: A type of cell in the immune system that helps the body fight infection and disease. White blood cells include lymphocytes, granulocytes, macrophages, and others. [NIH]
Dictionary 149
Withdrawal: 1. A pathological retreat from interpersonal contact and social involvement, as may occur in schizophrenia, depression, or schizoid avoidant and schizotypal personality disorders. 2. (DSM III-R) A substance-specific organic brain syndrome that follows the cessation of use or reduction in intake of a psychoactive substance that had been regularly used to induce a state of intoxication. [EU] X-ray: High-energy radiation used in low doses to diagnose diseases and in high doses to treat cancer. [NIH]
151
INDEX A Abdominal, 121, 135, 139 Abdominal Pain, 121, 135 Acting Out, 121, 142 Adjunctive Therapy, 121, 124 Adjustment, 5, 7, 24, 121 Adrenal Cortex, 121, 129 Adrenergic, 121, 123, 131, 146 Adverse Effect, 121, 144 Affinity, 121, 145 Agonist, 121, 125, 130, 131, 138 Agoraphobia, 121, 139, 140 Akathisia, 121, 123 Algorithms, 121, 124 Alimentary, 121, 130 Alkaline, 121, 125 Alkaloid, 122, 125, 127, 137, 138 Allergen, 122, 130 Alternative medicine, 96, 122 Ambulatory Care, 87, 122 Amenorrhea, 122 Amphetamine, 22, 122, 130 Amplification, 91, 122 Anaesthesia, 122, 134 Anal, 30, 88, 122 Analgesic, 122, 125, 137, 139 Analysis of Variance, 21, 122 Anaphylatoxins, 122, 128 Anatomical, 122, 126, 134, 144 Angina, 122, 135 Angina Pectoris, 122, 135 Anorexia, 58, 74, 76, 122 Anorexia Nervosa, 58, 74, 76, 122 Antibodies, 123, 136 Antibody, 121, 123, 127, 134, 136, 145 Anticonvulsant, 123, 126 Antiemetic, 123 Antigen, 121, 123, 127, 133, 134, 136 Antigen-Antibody Complex, 123, 127 Antipsychotic, 18, 27, 123, 138, 144 Anus, 122, 123, 127 Anxiety, 11, 24, 29, 32, 37, 39, 59, 76, 81, 108, 121, 123, 130, 138, 139, 140 Anxiety Disorders, 11, 29, 32, 37, 59, 123, 139 Apathy, 123, 138 Aphasia, 34, 123 Applicability, 3, 14, 123
Art Therapy, 19, 124 Arteries, 124, 128, 129, 137, 138 Atypical, 27, 124, 144 Audition, 91, 124 Auditory, 91, 124 Aural, 90, 91, 124 Autoimmune disease, 124, 137 Autonomic, 22, 123, 124 B Bacteria, 123, 124, 132, 137, 148 Bacteriuria, 124, 148 Basal Ganglia, 123, 124, 126 Behavior Therapy, 5, 10, 11, 14, 29, 124 Bile, 124, 134, 135, 146 Bile duct, 124, 134 Biotechnology, 32, 96, 103, 124 Bipolar Disorder, 13, 45, 59, 124 Bladder, 124, 128, 134, 137, 141, 148 Bloating, 124, 135 Blood Coagulation, 124, 125 Blood pressure, 124, 126, 133, 137, 145 Blood vessel, 124, 125, 126, 145, 146, 147, 148 Body Fluids, 125, 145 Body Mass Index, 125, 139 Bowel, 97, 122, 125, 135, 146 Bulimia, 28, 33, 71, 74, 125 Buprenorphine, 14, 125 Bupropion, 21, 42, 125 C Calcium, 22, 125, 127, 135 Calcium channel blocker, 22, 125 Cannabis, 16, 125 Cardiac, 125, 129, 135, 137, 138, 145 Cardiopulmonary, 31, 125 Cardiovascular, 53, 122, 125, 144 Carotenoids, 17, 125 Case report, 125, 126 Case series, 37, 125, 126 Catecholamine, 125, 130, 140 Causal, 17, 125 Cell, 27, 121, 122, 124, 125, 127, 130, 131, 133, 135, 138, 139, 140, 143, 146, 147, 148 Central Nervous System, 122, 125, 127, 130, 132, 137, 144 Cerebral, 124, 126, 129, 142, 145 Cervical, 27, 126 Cervix, 126, 127
152
Group Therapy
Character, 48, 122, 126 Chemoreceptor, 123, 126 Chemotactic Factors, 126, 128 Child Psychiatry, 68, 126, 132 Chin, 126, 136 Chiropractic, 87, 126 Cholinergic, 123, 126, 138 Chorea, 123, 126 Chromosomal, 122, 126 Chronic, 27, 34, 36, 39, 45, 53, 54, 55, 64, 66, 70, 125, 126, 134, 135, 136, 146 Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, 64, 126 Clinical study, 35, 126, 128 Clinical trial, 4, 10, 11, 22, 26, 28, 29, 103, 126, 128, 141, 143 Clonazepam, 32, 126 Clonic, 126, 127 Cloning, 124, 127 Coca, 127 Cocaine, 6, 10, 14, 16, 80, 127 Cochlear, 127, 147, 148 Cochlear Diseases, 127, 147 Cognition, 127, 138 Cognitive behavior therapy, 29, 127 Colitis, 127, 135 Colon, 127, 134, 135 Colposcopy, 27, 127 Complement, 84, 122, 127, 128 Complementary and alternative medicine, 73, 77, 128 Complementary medicine, 73, 128 Compliance, 6, 13, 19, 22, 128 Compulsions, 128, 138 Computational Biology, 103, 128 Concentration Camps, 128, 133 Conduction, 45, 128 Confusion, 128, 138 Congestion, 123, 128 Congestive heart failure, 16, 128 Consciousness, 122, 128, 129, 142 Constipation, 123, 128, 132, 135 Consultation, 87, 128 Contraindications, ii, 128 Control group, 3, 17, 18, 19, 27, 128, 143 Controlled clinical trial, 29, 128 Controlled study, 19, 31, 46, 61, 128 Coordination, 69, 128, 137 Coronary, 56, 122, 128, 129, 137, 138 Coronary Disease, 56, 129 Coronary Thrombosis, 129, 137, 138 Coronary Vessels, 129 Cortical, 129, 144
Cortisol, 22, 24, 129 Cost-benefit, 8, 129 Craniocerebral Trauma, 129, 147 Criterion, 15, 129 Cues, 22, 129 Curative, 80, 129, 147 Custodial Care, 25, 129 D Data Collection, 129, 132 Defecation, 97, 129 Delirium, 123, 129 Delusions, 129, 142 Dementia, 86, 123, 129 Density, 17, 125, 129, 139, 145 Dental Anxiety, 49, 74, 129 Dental Care, 87, 130 Depersonalization, 130, 139, 144 Depressive Disorder, 45, 130, 135 Derealization, 130, 139 Desensitization, 49, 74, 130 Detoxification, 13, 130 Dexfenfluramine, 53, 130 Dextroamphetamine, 122, 130, 137 Diagnostic procedure, 96, 130 Dialyzer, 130, 133 Diarrhea, 130, 132, 135 Dietary Fiber, 97, 130 Digestion, 121, 124, 125, 130, 135, 146 Dimethyl, 130, 135 Direct, iii, 16, 57, 130, 131, 143 Discrete, 28, 67, 130 Diurnal, 24, 130 Dizziness, 130, 139 Dopamine, 122, 123, 125, 127, 130, 137, 144 Drug Interactions, 131 Dyskinesia, 123, 131 Dysphoric, 46, 130, 131 Dyspnea, 131, 139 E Eating Disorders, 9, 11, 53, 57, 131 Effector, 127, 131 Ego, 69, 131, 143, 147 Elastic, 66, 131, 145 Electrolyte, 129, 131, 145 Embryo, 131, 134 Empirical, 6, 24, 29, 30, 131 Encopresis, 97, 131 Endoscope, 127, 131 Endotoxins, 127, 131 Environmental Health, 102, 104, 131 Enzymatic, 125, 127, 131, 133 Extracellular, 131, 145
153
Extrapyramidal, 121, 123, 130, 131 F Family Planning, 103, 131 Family Therapy, 15, 30, 86, 131 Fat, 131, 135, 137, 139, 143 Fatigue, 126, 131, 133 Feces, 97, 128, 131, 132, 146 Fenfluramine, 130, 132 Focus Groups, 8, 27, 132 Folate, 17, 132 Fold, 27, 132 Folic Acid, 132 Functional Disorders, 65, 132 G GABA, 126, 132 Gas, 132, 135, 148 Gastrointestinal, 60, 132, 144 Gene, 124, 132 Geriatric, 58, 63, 132 Gestures, 132, 144 Gifted, 60, 132 Gland, 121, 132, 136, 141, 146 Governing Board, 132, 141 Grade, 32, 67, 132 Group Processes, 9, 132 H Habitual, 126, 132 Health Behavior, 8, 132 Health Education, 28, 56, 133 Health Promotion, 21, 133 Health Services, 6, 133 Health Status, 18, 132, 133 Heart failure, 16, 133 Hemodialysis, 55, 130, 133 Hemorrhage, 129, 133, 146 Histamine, 122, 123, 133 HIV, 5, 7, 13, 19, 20, 22, 39, 61, 87, 93, 103, 104, 133, 135 Holocaust, 37, 51, 56, 61, 133 Homogeneous, 47, 48, 133 Hormonal, 17, 133 Hormone, 108, 129, 133, 143 Hospice, 87, 133 Housekeeping, 87, 133 Human papillomavirus, 27, 133 Hypersensitivity, 122, 130, 133, 143 Hypertension, 133, 135 Hypotension, 123, 133 I Immune response, 123, 124, 133, 134, 148 Immune system, 133, 134, 136, 137, 148 Immunodeficiency, 87, 133, 134
Immunodeficiency syndrome, 87, 133, 134 Immunologic, 126, 133, 134 Immunotherapy, 130, 134 Impaction, 97, 134 Impairment, 11, 12, 91, 129, 131, 134, 136, 142 Incest, 47, 50, 63, 134 Incontinence, 97, 131, 134 Induction, 7, 16, 123, 134 Infancy, 26, 134 Infarction, 134 Infection, 39, 124, 126, 129, 134, 135, 136, 143, 146, 148 Informed Consent, 13, 86, 87, 134 Inpatients, 13, 48, 55, 59, 63, 80, 134 Insight, 18, 134 Insomnia, 108, 134 Insulator, 134, 137 Intensive Care, 87, 135 Intermittent, 135, 136 Intestine, 125, 133, 135, 143 Intoxication, 129, 135, 149 Intracellular, 134, 135 Intracranial Hypertension, 135, 147 Irritable Bowel Syndrome, 38, 132, 135 Isradipine, 22, 135 K Kb, 102, 135 L Labile, 127, 135 Latency, 43, 135 Lentivirus, 133, 135 Life cycle, 24, 135 Ligament, 135, 141 Lipid, 135, 137 Lithium, 123, 135 Liver, 121, 124, 132, 135 Local Government, 135, 142 Localized, 134, 135, 140 Loneliness, 83, 135 Long-Term Care, 58, 85, 86, 87, 136 Lymph, 126, 133, 136 Lymph node, 126, 136 Lymphadenopathy, 133, 136 Lymphatic, 134, 136 Lymphocyte, 20, 123, 136 Lymphocyte Count, 20, 136 Lymphoid, 123, 136 Lymphoma, 32, 67, 136 M Manic, 123, 124, 135, 136, 142 Marital Therapy, 46, 74, 136
154
Group Therapy
Mediate, 21, 29, 131, 136 Mediator, 21, 44, 136, 144 MEDLINE, 103, 136 Membrane, 127, 130, 136 Memory, 12, 27, 34, 122, 129, 136 Menopause, 17, 136, 141 Menstruation, 122, 136 Mental Disorders, 126, 136, 142 Mental Health Services, iv, 4, 37, 38, 45, 48, 50, 63, 64, 86, 104, 136 Mental Processes, 136, 142, 145 Mesolimbic, 123, 136 Metastasis, 137 Metastatic, 23, 61, 74, 75, 137 Methamphetamine, 22, 137 MI, 13, 21, 119, 137 Microbiology, 124, 137 Military Psychiatry, 57, 137 Mobility, 25, 137 Modeling, 8, 9, 30, 97, 137 Modification, 17, 18, 32, 80, 137, 142 Molecular, 103, 105, 124, 128, 137 Molecule, 123, 127, 131, 137, 143 Monitor, 137, 138 Monoamine, 122, 130, 137 Mood Disorders, 11, 137 Morphine, 125, 137, 139 Motility, 132, 137, 144 Multiple sclerosis, 75, 137 Myelin, 137 Myocardial infarction, 36, 129, 137, 138 Myocardial Ischemia, 122, 129, 137 Myocardium, 122, 137, 138 N Nausea, 123, 138, 139 Necrosis, 134, 137, 138 Neoplasia, 27, 138 Neoplastic, 136, 138 Nerve, 121, 126, 132, 136, 137, 138, 144, 146, 147, 148 Nervous System, 122, 125, 136, 138, 146 Neuroleptic, 18, 121, 123, 138 Neurologic, 133, 138 Neuromuscular, 25, 138 Neurons, 127, 138, 146, 148 Neurosis, 138, 140 Nicotine, 20, 28, 56, 138 Nonverbal Communication, 138, 142 Nuclear, 15, 124, 138 Nuclear Family, 15, 138 Nursing Process, 70, 138
O Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder, 39, 138 Oncology, 39, 42, 46, 54, 61, 67, 71, 139 Oncology nurse, 71, 139 On-line, 31, 119, 139 Opacity, 129, 139 Opiate, 14, 56, 137, 139 Opium, 137, 139 Orthostatic, 123, 139 Osteoporosis, 17, 139 Outpatient, 6, 13, 16, 22, 25, 26, 30, 47, 50, 58, 66, 70, 87, 93, 139 Overcorrection, 97, 139 Overweight, 28, 139 Ovum, 135, 139 P Palliative, 139, 147 Panic, 38, 80, 139 Panic Disorder, 38, 80, 139 Papillomavirus, 139 Parent-Child Relations, 29, 139 Paresthesias, 139 Parkinsonism, 123, 139 Partial remission, 139, 143 Partnership Practice, 140, 141 Pathologic, 128, 133, 140 Pathologist, 140 Patient Education, 73, 108, 114, 116, 119, 140 Patient Satisfaction, 19, 140 Peer Review, 9, 140 Pelvic, 140, 141 Perceived risk, 27, 140 Perception, 51, 130, 140, 144 Personality Disorders, 4, 36, 140 Pharmacologic, 14, 18, 28, 140, 147 Pharmacotherapy, 21, 22, 140 Phobia, 12, 29, 32, 38, 39, 40, 57, 59, 75, 88, 140 Phobic Disorders, 140 Phosphorus, 125, 140 Pilot study, 7, 8, 9, 19, 25, 27, 32, 38, 41, 46, 140 Plants, 122, 127, 140, 147 Pneumonia, 128, 141 Posterior, 122, 141 Postmenopausal, 17, 139, 141 Postnatal, 52, 141 Post-traumatic, 68, 141 Practicability, 141, 148 Practice Guidelines, 104, 141 Prevalence, 20, 31, 141
155
Private Practice, 60, 141 Prognostic factor, 32, 141 Progression, 24, 25, 27, 141 Progressive, 129, 138, 141 Prospective Studies, 27, 141 Prostate, 73, 141 Protein S, 124, 141 Proteins, 123, 127, 137, 141, 144, 147, 148 Proteolytic, 127, 141 Protocol, 14, 28, 141 Psychiatric, 11, 13, 16, 18, 24, 26, 36, 39, 40, 47, 48, 50, 55, 59, 66, 72, 136, 142 Psychic, 136, 138, 142, 144 Psychoactive, 142, 149 Psychoanalytic Therapy, 142, 147 Psychodrama, 60, 74, 142 Psychomotor, 77, 129, 138, 142 Psychopathology, 15, 18, 19, 26, 28, 29, 53, 142 Psychosis, 18, 123, 142 Psychosomatic, 36, 38, 41, 54, 60, 142 Psychotomimetic, 122, 130, 142 Psychotropic, 4, 15, 142 Public Assistance, 87, 142 Public Health, 18, 23, 104, 142 Public Policy, 87, 103, 142 Q Quality of Health Care, 140, 142 Quality of Life, 6, 12, 18, 24, 25, 75, 142 R Radiation, 122, 129, 143, 149 Radioactive, 138, 143 Random Allocation, 143 Randomization, 12, 13, 27, 143 Randomized, 4, 6, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 25, 26, 27, 31, 39, 61, 75, 131, 143 Randomized clinical trial, 11, 14, 17, 26, 39, 143 Reality Testing, 142, 143 Receptor, 123, 126, 131, 143, 144 Rectum, 123, 127, 129, 132, 134, 141, 143 Recurrence, 23, 124, 143 Refer, 1, 127, 130, 132, 138, 142, 143 Regimen, 20, 131, 140, 143 Relapse, 6, 14, 16, 18, 20, 21, 23, 24, 30, 31, 80, 143 Reliability, 17, 143 Remission, 12, 124, 143 Respite Care, 87, 143 Rheumatism, 143 Rheumatoid, 55, 143
Rheumatoid arthritis, 55, 143 Risk factor, 18, 53, 144 Risperidone, 27, 144 S Schizoid, 144, 149 Schizophrenia, 12, 18, 26, 41, 42, 144, 149 Schizotypal Personality Disorder, 130, 144, 149 Sclerosis, 137, 144 Screening, 13, 27, 126, 144, 148 Sediment, 144, 148 Seizures, 44, 126, 129, 144 Semen, 141, 144 Senile, 139, 144 Serotonin, 123, 130, 132, 140, 144 Serum, 17, 122, 127, 144 Shock, 144, 147 Side effect, 18, 20, 121, 123, 144, 147 Sign Language, 109, 144 Signs and Symptoms, 143, 144 Smoking Cessation, 20, 21, 27, 125, 145 Smooth muscle, 122, 133, 135, 137, 145 Social Distance, 83, 145 Social Environment, 142, 145 Social Isolation, 8, 144, 145 Social psychology, 65, 89, 145 Social Support, 5, 16, 21, 30, 145 Socialization, 82, 145 Sodium, 17, 145 Sound wave, 128, 145 Spastic, 135, 145 Specialist, 74, 110, 145 Specificity, 30, 121, 145 Speech pathologist, 86, 91, 145 Squamous, 27, 145 Standard therapy, 31, 145 Steroid, 129, 145 Stimulant, 122, 130, 133, 137, 146 Stimulus, 124, 135, 139, 140, 146 Stomach, 121, 132, 133, 138, 146 Stool, 127, 134, 135, 146 Stress, 5, 13, 19, 24, 34, 42, 46, 51, 54, 61, 66, 68, 81, 125, 129, 132, 135, 138, 143, 146 Stroke, 65, 102, 146 Subacute, 134, 146 Subclinical, 134, 144, 146 Superego, 131, 146 Support group, 18, 87, 146 Sympathomimetic, 122, 130, 131, 137, 146 Symphysis, 126, 141, 146 Symptomatic, 5, 18, 39, 146
156
Group Therapy
Symptomatology, 26, 82, 146 Synaptic, 138, 146 Synaptic Transmission, 138, 146 Systemic, 30, 86, 124, 129, 134, 135, 146 T Tardive, 123, 146 Therapeutic Community, 86, 147 Therapeutics, 147 Thrombosis, 141, 146, 147 Tinnitus, 54, 108, 147, 148 Tissue, 123, 126, 133, 135, 136, 137, 138, 143, 144, 146, 147 Tolerance, 125, 126, 147 Tone, 147 Tonic, 21, 126, 147 Toxic, iv, 138, 147 Toxicity, 131, 147 Toxicology, 104, 147 Toxins, 123, 131, 134, 147 Transactional Analysis, 61, 147 Transfection, 124, 147 Translating, 9, 147 Transmitter, 130, 136, 147 Trauma, 13, 24, 41, 61, 62, 68, 129, 138, 147 Treatment Outcome, 11, 14, 16, 17, 19, 20, 30, 74, 148
Trigger zone, 123, 148 U Urethra, 141, 148 Urinalysis, 14, 148 Urinary, 17, 124, 134, 148 Urine, 6, 10, 20, 22, 124, 134, 148 Uterus, 126, 136, 148 V Vaccines, 148 Vagina, 126, 127, 136, 148 Vascular, 31, 134, 135, 148 VE, 61, 66, 148 Vein, 138, 148 Vestibulocochlear Nerve, 147, 148 Vestibulocochlear Nerve Diseases, 147, 148 Veterinary Medicine, 103, 148 Virus, 20, 87, 133, 148 W War, 41, 90, 128, 133, 148 Warts, 133, 148 White blood cell, 123, 136, 148 Withdrawal, 21, 69, 129, 149 X X-ray, 138, 149